When the netlink skb is exhausted split_start is left set. In the
subsequent retry, with a larger buffer, the dump is continued from the
failing point instead of from the beginning.
This was causing my rt28xx based USB dongle to now show up when
running "iw list" with an old iw version without split dump support.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: 3713b4e364 ("nl80211: allow splitting wiphy information in dumps")
Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
[avoid the entire workaround when state->split is set]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In case we will get regulatory request with rule
where max_bandwidth_khz is set to 0 handle this
case as a special one.
If max_bandwidth_khz == 0 we should calculate maximum
available bandwidth base on all frequency contiguous rules.
In case we need auto calculation we just have to set:
country PL: DFS-ETSI
(2402 - 2482 @ 40), (N/A, 20)
(5170 - 5250 @ AUTO), (N/A, 20)
(5250 - 5330 @ AUTO), (N/A, 20), DFS
(5490 - 5710 @ 80), (N/A, 27), DFS
This mean we will calculate maximum bw for rules where
AUTO (N/A) were set, 160MHz (5330 - 5170) in example above.
So we will get:
(5170 - 5250 @ 160), (N/A, 20)
(5250 - 5330 @ 160), (N/A, 20), DFS
In other case:
country FR: DFS-ETSI
(2402 - 2482 @ 40), (N/A, 20)
(5170 - 5250 @ AUTO), (N/A, 20)
(5250 - 5330 @ 80), (N/A, 20), DFS
(5490 - 5710 @ 80), (N/A, 27), DFS
We will get 80MHz (5250 - 5170):
(5170 - 5250 @ 80), (N/A, 20)
(5250 - 5330 @ 80), (N/A, 20), DFS
Base on this calculations we will set correct channel
bandwidth flags (eg. IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ).
We don't need any changes in CRDA or internal regulatory.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
[extend nl80211 description a bit, fix typo]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It was possible to break interface combinations in
the following way:
combo 1: iftype = AP, num_ifaces = 2, num_chans = 2,
combo 2: iftype = AP, num_ifaces = 1, num_chans = 1, radar = HT20
With the above interface combinations it was
possible to:
step 1. start AP on DFS channel by matching combo 2
step 2. start AP on non-DFS channel by matching combo 1
This was possible beacuse (step 2) did not consider
if other interfaces require radar detection.
The patch changes how cfg80211 tracks channels -
instead of channel itself now a complete chandef
is stored.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When receiving an IBSS_JOINED event select the BSS object
based on the {bssid, channel} couple rather than the bssid
only.
With the current approach if another cell having the same
BSSID (but using a different channel) exists then cfg80211
picks up the wrong BSS object.
The result is a mismatching channel configuration between
cfg80211 and the driver, that can lead to any sort of
problem.
The issue can be triggered by having an IBSS sitting on
given channel and then asking the driver to create a new
cell using the same BSSID but with a different frequency.
By passing the channel to cfg80211_get_bss() we can solve
this ambiguity and retrieve/create the correct BSS object.
All the users of cfg80211_ibss_joined() have been changed
accordingly.
Moreover WARN when cfg80211_ibss_joined() gets a NULL
channel as argument and remove a bogus call of the same
function in ath6kl (it does not make sense to call
cfg80211_ibss_joined() with a zero BSSID on ibss-leave).
Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Cc: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Cc: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@iki.fi>
Cc: libertas-dev@lists.infradead.org
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com>
[minor code cleanup in ath6kl]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For better use of CPU idle time, allow the scheduler to select the CPU
on which the timeout work of regulatory settings would be executed.
This extends CPU idle residency time and saves power.
This functionality is enabled when CONFIG_WQ_POWER_EFFICIENT is selected.
Cc: "John W. Linville" <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Shaibal Dutta <shaibal.dutta@broadcom.com>
[zoran.markovic@linaro.org: Rebased to latest kernel. Added commit message.]
Signed-off-by: Zoran Markovic <zoran.markovic@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add helper function that will return regdomain.
Follow the driver's regulatory domain, if present,
unless a country IE has been processed or a user
wants to help compliance further.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzi@tieto.com>
[remove useless reg variable]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Set preset_chandef in channel switch notification.
In other case we will have old preset_chandef.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The scheduled scan matchsets were intended to be a list of filters,
with the found BSS having to pass at least one of them to be passed
to the host. When the RSSI attribute was added, however, this was
broken and currently wpa_supplicant adds that attribute in its own
matchset; however, it doesn't intend that to mean that anything
that passes the RSSI filter should be passed to the host, instead
it wants it to mean that everything needs to also have higher RSSI.
This is semantically problematic because we have a list of filters
like [ SSID1, SSID2, SSID3, RSSI ] with no real indication which
one should be OR'ed and which one AND'ed.
To fix this, move the RSSI filter attribute into each matchset. As
we need to stay backward compatible, treat a matchset with only the
RSSI attribute as a "default RSSI filter" for all other matchsets,
but only if there are other matchsets (an RSSI-only matchset by
itself is still desirable.)
To make driver implementation easier, keep a global min_rssi_thold
for the entire request as well. The only affected driver is ath6kl.
I found this when I looked into the code after Raja Mani submitted
a patch fixing the n_match_sets calculation to disregard the RSSI,
but that patch didn't address the semantic issue.
Reported-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are a few cases, e.g. suspend, where an AP interface is
stopped by the kernel rather than by userspace request, most
commonly when suspending. To let userspace know about this,
send the NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP command as an event every time
an AP interface is stopped. This also happens when userspace
did in fact request the AP stop, but that's not a problem.
For full-MAC drivers this may need to be extended to also
cover cases where the device stopped the AP operation for
some reason, this a bit more complicated because then all
cfg80211 state also needs to be reset; such API is not part
of this patch.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If there's a policy, then nla_parse() return values must be
checked, otherwise the policy is useless and there's nothing
that ensures the attributes are actually what we expect them
to be.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Before allowing userspace to initiate a channel switch, check
that it's actually connected in some sense. Also use a more
appropriate error code for the not connected case.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Fix the following issues in reg_process_hint():
1. Add verification that wiphy is valid before processing
NL80211_REGDOMAIN_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE.
2. Free the request in case of invalid initiator.
3. Remove WARN_ON check on reg_request->alpha2 as it is not a
pointer.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow to force SGI, LGI.
Mainly for test purpose.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Addition of the frequency hints showed up couple of places in cfg80211
where pointers could be marked const and a shared function could be used
to fetch a valid channel.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
[fix mwifiex]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This allows drivers to advertise the maximum number of associated
stations they support in AP mode (including P2P GO). User space
applications can use this for cleaner way of handling the limit (e.g.,
hostapd rejecting IEEE 802.11 authentication without manual
configuration of the limit) or to figure out what type of use cases can
be executed with multiple devices before trying and failing.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This clarifies the expected driver behavior on the older
NL80211_ATTR_MAC and NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ attributes and adds a new
set of similar attributes with _HINT postfix to enable use of a
recommendation of the initial BSS to choose. This can be helpful for
some drivers that can avoid an additional full scan on connection
request if the information is provided to them (user space tools like
wpa_supplicant already has that information available based on earlier
scans).
In addition, this can be used to get more expected behavior for cases
where a specific BSS should be picked first based on operations like
Interworking network selection or WPS. These cases were already easily
addressed with drivers that leave BSS selection to user space, but there
was no convenient way to do this with drivers that take care of BSS
selection internally without using the NL80211_ATTR_MAC which is not
really desired since it is needed for other purposes to force the
association to remain with the same BSS.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
[add const, fix policy]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As __cfg80211_rdev_from_attrs(), nl80211_dump_wiphy_parse() and
nl80211_set_wiphy() are all under rtnl_lock protection,
__dev_get_by_index() instead of dev_get_by_index() should be used
to find interface handler in them allowing us to avoid to change
interface reference counter.
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG can be used during early init with
the goal of overriding the wiphy's default regulatory settings
in case the alpha2 of the device is not known. In the case that
the alpha2 becomes known lets avoid having drivers having to
clear the REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG flag by doing it for them
when regulatory_hint() is used.
Cc: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Block setting the wrong values through iwconfig retry
command. Add sanity checking before sending the retry
limit to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Ujjal Roy <royujjal@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a utility function to get the number of channels supported by
the device, and update the places in the code that need this data.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
[replace another occurrence in libertas, fix kernel-doc, fix bugs]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
While getting the retry limit, wext-compat returns the value
without updating the flag for retry->flags is 0. Also in this
case, it updates long retry flag when short and long retry
value are unequal.
So, iwconfig never showing "Retry short limit" and showing
"Retry long limit" when both values are unequal.
Updated the flags and corrected the condition properly.
Signed-off-by: Ujjal Roy <royujjal@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The vendor/testmode event skb functions are needed outside
the ifdef for vendor-specific events, so move them out.
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since the RTNL can't always be held, use wdev/sdata locking for
the qos-map dereference in mac80211. This requires cfg80211 to
consistently lock it, which it was missing in one place.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This allows QoS mapping from external networks to be implemented as
defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 10.24.9. APs can use this to advertise
DSCP ranges and exceptions for mapping frames to a specific UP over
Wi-Fi.
The payload of the QoS Map Set element (IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97)
is sent to the driver through the new NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP attribute to
configure the local behavior either on the AP (based on local
configuration) or on a station (based on information received from the
AP).
Signed-off-by: Kyeyoon Park <kyeyoonp@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In addition to vendor-specific commands, also support vendor-specific
events. These must be registered with cfg80211 before they can be used.
They're also advertised in nl80211 in the wiphy information so that
userspace knows can be expected. The events themselves are sent on a
new multicast group called "vendor".
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add VHT MCS/NSS set support for nl80211_set_tx_bitrate_mask().
This should be used mainly for test purpose, to check
different MCS/NSS VHT combinations.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Evan Huus found (by fuzzing in wireshark) that the radiotap
iterator code can access beyond the length of the buffer if
the first bitmap claims an extension but then there's no
data at all. Fix this.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Evan Huus <eapache@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
___cfg80211_scan_done() can be called in some cases
(e.g. on NETDEV_DOWN) before the low level driver
notified scan completion (which is indicated by
passing leak=true).
Clearing rdev->scan_req in this case is buggy, as
scan_done_wk might have already being queued/running
(and can't be flushed as it takes rtnl()).
If a new scan will be requested at this stage, the
scan_done_wk will try freeing it (instead of the
previous scan), and this will later result in
a use after free.
Simply remove the "leak" option, and replace it with
a standard WARN_ON.
An example backtrace after such crash:
Unable to handle kernel paging request at virtual address fffffee5
pgd = c0004000
[fffffee5] *pgd=9fdf6821, *pte=00000000, *ppte=00000000
Internal error: Oops: 17 [#1] SMP ARM
PC is at cfg80211_scan_done+0x28/0xc4 [cfg80211]
LR is at __ieee80211_scan_completed+0xe4/0x2dc [mac80211]
[<bf0077b0>] (cfg80211_scan_done+0x28/0xc4 [cfg80211])
[<bf0973d4>] (__ieee80211_scan_completed+0xe4/0x2dc [mac80211])
[<bf0982cc>] (ieee80211_scan_work+0x94/0x4f0 [mac80211])
[<c005fd10>] (process_one_work+0x1b0/0x4a8)
[<c0060404>] (worker_thread+0x138/0x37c)
[<c0066d70>] (kthread+0xa4/0xb0)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
cfg80211_leave stops sched scan when any station vif
is leaving. Add an explicit check and call it only
when the relevant vif (the one we scan on) is leaving.
Signed-off-by: Barak Bercovitz <barak@wizery.com>
[Eliad - changed the commit message a bit]
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
[Johannes - add ASSERT_RTNL since that protects the pointer]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Rename NL80211_TXRATE_MCS to NL80211_TXRATE_HT and also
rename mcs to ht_mcs in struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
[reword commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow setting the bitrate masks back to default by
omitting the NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES attribute.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
[rephrase commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
cfg80211 allows re-association in managed mode and if a user
wants to re-associate to the same AP network after the time
period of IEEE80211_SCAN_RESULT_EXPIRE, cfg80211 warns with
the following message on receiving the connect result event.
------------[ cut here ]------------
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 13984 at net/wireless/sme.c:658
__cfg80211_connect_result+0x3a6/0x3e0 [cfg80211]()
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff81747a41>] dump_stack+0x46/0x58
[<ffffffff81045847>] warn_slowpath_common+0x87/0xb0
[<ffffffff81045885>] warn_slowpath_null+0x15/0x20
[<ffffffffa05345f6>] __cfg80211_connect_result+0x3a6/0x3e0 [cfg80211]
[<ffffffff8107168b>] ? update_rq_clock+0x2b/0x50
[<ffffffff81078c01>] ? update_curr+0x1/0x160
[<ffffffffa05133d2>] cfg80211_process_wdev_events+0xb2/0x1c0 [cfg80211]
[<ffffffff81079303>] ? pick_next_task_fair+0x63/0x170
[<ffffffffa0513518>] cfg80211_process_rdev_events+0x38/0x90 [cfg80211]
[<ffffffffa050f03d>] cfg80211_event_work+0x1d/0x30 [cfg80211]
[<ffffffff8105f21f>] process_one_work+0x17f/0x420
[<ffffffff8105f90a>] worker_thread+0x11a/0x370
[<ffffffff8105f7f0>] ? rescuer_thread+0x2f0/0x2f0
[<ffffffff8106638b>] kthread+0xbb/0xc0
[<ffffffff810662d0>] ? kthread_create_on_node+0x120/0x120
[<ffffffff817574bc>] ret_from_fork+0x7c/0xb0
[<ffffffff810662d0>] ? kthread_create_on_node+0x120/0x120
---[ end trace 61f3bddc9c4981f7 ]---
The reason is that, in connect result event cfg80211 unholds
the BSS to which the device is associated (and was held so
far). So, for the event with status successful, when cfg80211
wants to get that BSS from the device's BSS list it gets a
NULL BSS because the BSS has been expired and unheld already.
Fix it by reshuffling the code.
Signed-off-by: Ujjal Roy <royujjal@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This permits the use of DFS channel once the CAC is conducted and
no radar is detected.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add support for vendor-specific commands to nl80211. This is
intended to be used for really vendor-specific functionality
that can't be implemented in a generic fashion for any reason.
It's *NOT* intended to be used for any normal/generic feature
or any optimisations that could be implemented across drivers.
Currently, only vendor commands (with replies) are supported,
no dump operations or vendor-specific notifications.
Also add a function wdev_to_ieee80211_vif() to mac80211 which
is needed for mac80211-based drivers wanting to implement any
vendor commands.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Don't clear cfg80211_bitrate_mask twice in
nl80211_set_tx_bitrate_mask() function.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Check the DFS region before channel availability check.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This can be used outside of the regulatory context for any checks
on the DFS region. The central cfg80211 dfs_region is always used
and if it does not match with the wiphy a debug print is issued.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This attribute is needed for setting Operating Mode Notification
in AP mode from User Space. This functionality is required when
User Space received Assoc Request contains Operation Mode
Notification element.
Signed-off-by: Marek Kwaczynski <marek.kwaczynski@tieto.com>
[fix typos, nl80211 documentation]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The channel switch announcement code has some major locking problems
which can cause a deadlock in worst case. A series of fixes has been
proposed, but these are non-trivial and need to be tested first.
Therefore disable CSA completely for 3.13.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The channel switch notification should be sent under the
wdev/sdata-lock, preferably in the same moment as the channel change
happens, to avoid races by other callers (e.g. start/stop_ap).
This also adds the previously missing sdata_lock protection in
csa_finalize_work.
Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
To avoid race conditions in functions which modify the beacon
information, lock these using the wdev lock. This is especially required
to avoid problems for csa handling functions which modify beacons but
can not be called under rtnl lock.
Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Change cfg80211 and mac80211 to use cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params
struct to aggregate parameters for mgmt_tx functions.
This makes the functions' signatures less clumsy and allows
less painful parameters extension.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
[fix all other drivers]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
nla_put_flag needs a real nl80211 attribute id, not a wiphy flag bit.
While at it, split 5 and 10 MHz capability flags in case we ever need
to support hardware that can only do one of the two.
Also move the flag settings to the split-only information so we don't
increase the space needed for old userspace.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
[change location of flag setting]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This lets us later reuse the more generic reg_dfs_region_str().
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Only allow DFS to be set if the DFS regions agree.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
u8 was used in some other places, just stick to the enum,
this forces us to express the values that are expected.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Certain vendors may want to disable the processing of
country IEs so that they can continue using the regulatory
domain the driver or user has set. Currently there is no
way to stop the core from processing country IEs, so add
support to the core to ignore country IE hints.
Cc: Mihir Shete <smihir@qti.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Henri Bahini <hbahini@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Tushnim Bhattacharyya <tushnimb@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
802.11 cards may have different country IE parsing behavioural
preferences and vendors may want to support these. These preferences
were managed by the REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG and the REGULATORY_STRICT_REG
flags and their combination. Instead of using this existing notation,
split out the country IE behavioural preferences as a new flag. This
will allow us to add more customizations easily and make the code more
maintainable.
Cc: Mihir Shete <smihir@qti.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Henri Bahini <hbahini@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Tushnim Bhattacharyya <tushnimb@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
[fix up conflicts]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This reflects that case is now completely separated.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This splits up the driver regulatory update on its
own, this helps simplify the reading the case.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This splits out the user regulatory update on its
own, this helps simplify reading the case.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This splits up the core regulatory update to be
set on its own helper. This should make it easier
to read exactly what type of requests should be
expected there. In this case its clear that
NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE is only used by the
core for updating the world regulatory domain.
This is consistant with the nl80211.h documentation.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
[add warning to default switch case to avoid compiler warning]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
last_request is RCU protected, since we're getting it
on set_regdom() we might as well pass it to ensure the
same request is being processed, otherwise there is a
small race it could have changed. This makes processing
of the request atomic.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Drivers that set the WIPHY_FLAG_CUSTOM_REGULATORY skip
the core world regulatory domain updates, but do want
their reg_notifier() called. Move the check for this
closer to the source of the check that detected skipped
was required and while at it add a helper for the notifier
calling. This has no functional changes. This brings together
the place where we call the reg_notifier() will be called.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It seems some out of tree drivers were using a regulatory_hint("00")
to trigger off the wiphy regulatory notifier, for those cases just
setting the WIPHY_FLAG_CUSTOM_REGULATORY would suffice to call
the reg_notifier() for a world regulatory domain update. If drivers
find other needs for calling the reg_notifier() a proper implemenation
is preferred.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
All the regulatory request process routines use the
same pattern.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This enforces proper RCU APIs accross the code.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This is common code, this reduces the chance of making
a mistake of how we free it.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
By dealing with non country IE conficts first we can shift
the code that deals with the conflict to the left. This has
no functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This is the last split up of the old unified __regultory_hint()
processing set of functionality, it moves the country IE processing
all on its own. This makes it easier to follow and read what exactly
is going on for the case of processing country IEs.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This makes the code easier to read and follow.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This makes the code path easier to read and lets us
split out some functionality that is only user specific,
that makes it easier to read the other types of requests.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This makes the code path easier to read for the core case.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
[add warning to default case in switch to avoid compile warning]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently nl80211 allows userspace to send the kernel
a bogus regulatory domain with at most 32 rules set
and it won't reject it until after its allocated
memory. Let's be smart about it and take advantage
that the last_request is now available under RTNL
and check if the alpha2 matches an expected request
and reject any bogus userspace requests prior to
hitting the memory allocator.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If a custom regulatory domain is passed and if a rule for a
channel indicates it should be disabled that channel should
always remain disabled as per its documentation and design.
Likewise if WIPHY_FLAG_STRICT_REGULATORY flag is set and a
regulatory_hint() is issued if a channel is disabled that
channel should remain disabled.
Without this change only drivers that set the _orig flags
appropriately on their own would ensure disallowed channels
remaind disabled. This helps drivers save code by relying on
the APIS provided to entrust channels that should not be enabled
be respected by only having to use wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory()
or regulatory_hint() with the WIPHY_FLAG_STRICT_REGULATORY set.
If wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() is used together with
WIPHY_FLAG_STRICT_REGULATORY and a regulatory_hint() issued
later, the incoming regulatory domain can override previously
set _orig parameters from the initial custom regulatory
setting.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If genregdb.awk assumes the file will end with an
extra empty line or a comment line. This is could
not be true so just address this.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Acked-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This has no functional change, this just lets us reuse
helpers at a later time.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Acked-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow beconing after we pass Channel Availability Check (CAC).
Allow non-DFS and DFS channels mix. All DFS channels have to
be in NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE state (pass CAC).
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
To report channel width correctly we have
to send correct channel parameters from
mac80211 when calling cfg80211_cac_event().
This is required in case of using channel width
higher than 20MHz and we have to set correct
dfs channel state after CAC (NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE).
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Reviewed-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As the flag is entirely implemented in cfg80211, it should
have been a global feature flag (which I believe didn't
exist at the time). However, there's no reason to allow
drivers to unset the flag, so don't allow it and remove
the validation of NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Improve readability of the function by adding the break,
there's no functional impact but it's confusing to fall
through.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The iniator is already available to us, so use it.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() implies WIPHY_FLAG_CUSTOM_REGULATORY
but we never enforced it, do that now and warn if the driver
didn't set it. All drivers should be following this today already.
Having WIPHY_FLAG_CUSTOM_REGULATORY does not however mean you will
use wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() though, you may have your own
_orig value set up tools / helpers. The intel drivers are examples
of this type of driver.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Check chandef we get in CAC request is usable for CAC.
All channels have to be DFS channels. Allow DFS_USABLE
and DFS_AVAILABLE channels mix. At least one channel
has to be DFS_USABLE (require CAC).
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Reviewed-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add helper fuctions for start/end freq.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Reviewed-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
These two flags are used for the same purpose, just
combine them into a no-ir flag to annotate no initiating
radiation is allowed.
Old userspace sending either flag will have it treated as
the no-ir flag. To be considerate to older userspace we
also send both the no-ir flag and the old no-ibss flags.
Newer userspace will have to be aware of older kernels.
Update all places in the tree using these flags with the
following semantic patch:
@@
@@
-NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN
+NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
@@
@@
-NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS
+NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
@@
@@
-IEEE80211_CHAN_PASSIVE_SCAN
+IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR
@@
@@
-IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IBSS
+IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR
@@
@@
-NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
+NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
@@
@@
-IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR
+IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR
@@
@@
-(NL80211_RRF_NO_IR)
+NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
@@
@@
-(IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR)
+IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR
Along with some hand-optimisations in documentation, to
remove duplicates and to fix some indentation.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
[do all the driver updates in one go]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Fixes wpa_supplicant p2p_find on 5GHz-only devices
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Due to nl80211 API breakage, 5/10 MHz support is broken for
all drivers. Fixing it requires adding new API, but that
can't be done as a bugfix commit since that would require
either updating all APIs in the trees needing the bugfix or
cause different kernels to have incompatible API.
Therefore, just disable 5/10 MHz support for all drivers.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [3.12]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Coverity pointed out that we might dereference NULL later
if nla_nest_start() returns a failure. This isn't really
true since we'd bomb out before, but we should check the
return value directly, so do that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Coverity pointed out that in the (practically impossible)
error case we leak the message - fix this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Coverity pointed out that in a few functions we don't
check the return value of the nla_put_*() calls. Most
of these are fairly harmless because the input isn't
very dynamic and controlled by the kernel, but the
pattern is simply wrong, so fix this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The wext internal chandefs for ibss should be created using the
cfg80211_chandef_create() functions. Initializing fields manually is
error-prone.
Reported-by: Dirk Gouders <dirk@gouders.net>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Register generic netlink multicast groups as an array with
the family and give them contiguous group IDs. Then instead
of passing the global group ID to the various functions that
send messages, pass the ID relative to the family - for most
families that's just 0 because the only have one group.
This avoids the list_head and ID in each group, adding a new
field for the mcast group ID offset to the family.
At the same time, this allows us to prevent abusing groups
again like the quota and dropmon code did, since we can now
check that a family only uses a group it owns.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This doesn't really change anything, but prepares for the
next patch that will change the APIs to pass the group ID
within the family, rather than the global group ID.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As suggested by David Miller, make genl_register_family_with_ops()
a macro and pass only the array, evaluating ARRAY_SIZE() in the
macro, this is a little safer.
The openvswitch has some indirection, assing ops/n_ops directly in
that code. This might ultimately just assign the pointers in the
family initializations, saving the struct genl_family_and_ops and
code (once mcast groups are handled differently.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that genl_ops are no longer modified in place when
registering, they can be made const. This patch was done
mostly with spatch:
@@
identifier ops;
@@
+const
struct genl_ops ops[] = {
...
};
(except the struct thing in net/openvswitch/datapath.c)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow making the ops array const by not modifying the ops
flags on registration but rather only when ops are sent
out in the family information.
No users are updated yet except for the pre_doit/post_doit
calls in wireless (the only ones that exist now.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The nl80211 attribute NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON should be nested
inside NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES, but commit ee4bc9e758
("nl80211: enable IBSS support for channel switch announcements")
added a check in the outer message attributes.
Fix channel switch calls by removing the erroneus condition.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
[reword commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Implement the required procedures for mesh channel switching as defined
in the IEEE Std 802.11-2012 section 10.9.8.4.3 and also handle the CSA
and MCSP elements as followed:
* Add the function for updating the beacon and probe response frames
with CSA and MCSP elements during the period of switching to the new
channel. Both CSA and MCSP elements must be included in beacon and
probe response frames until the intended channel switch time.
* The ifmsh->csa_settings is set to NULL and the CSA and MCSP elements
will then be removed from the beacon or probe response frames once the
new channel is switched to.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow the triggering of CSA frame using mesh interface. The
rules are more or less same with IBSS, such as not allowed to
change between the band and channel width has to be same from
the previous mode. Also, move the ieee80211_send_action_csa
to a common space so that it can be re-used by mesh interface.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Drivers can now use this to parse the regulatory request and
be more verbose when needed.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
To use DFS in IBSS mode, userspace is required to react to radar events.
It can inform nl80211 that it is capable of doing so by adding a
NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS attribute when joining the IBSS.
This attribute is supplied to let the kernelspace know that the
userspace application can and will handle radar events, e.g. by
intiating channel switches to a valid channel. DFS channels may
only be used if this attribute is supplied and the driver supports
it. Driver support will be checked even if a channel without DFS
will be initially joined, as a DFS channel may be chosen later.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
[fix attribute name in commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/usb/qmi_wwan.c
include/net/dst.h
Trivial merge conflicts, both were overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The timestamp wasn't updated after transitioning
to the NL80211_DFS_USABLE state after NOP time.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The timeout was not properly converted from msecs
to jiffies. As a result channel transition to
NL80211_DFS_USABLE was delayed depending on
CONFIG_HZ configuration, e.g. HZ=100 would delay
the NOP from 30 minutes to 300 minutes.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since rdev->sched_scan_req is dereferenced outside the
lock protecting it, this might be done at the wrong
time, causing crashes. Move the dereference to where
it should be - inside the RTNL locked section.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [3.8+]
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drivers can now use this to parse the regulatory request and
be more verbose when needed.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When parsing an invalid radiotap header, the parser can overrun
the buffer that is passed in because it doesn't correctly check
1) the minimum radiotap header size
2) the space for extended bitmaps
The first issue doesn't affect any in-kernel user as they all
check the minimum size before calling the radiotap function.
The second issue could potentially affect the kernel if an skb
is passed in that consists only of the radiotap header with a
lot of extended bitmaps that extend past the SKB. In that case
a read-only buffer overrun by at most 4 bytes is possible.
Fix this by adding the appropriate checks to the parser.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Evan Huus <eapache@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This makes it easier to read.
Cc: smihir@qti.qualcomm.com
Cc: tushnimb@qca.qualcomm.com
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If we have a wiphy with an ISO3166-alpha2 regulatory domain
programmed with the strict flag set we wait until the wiphy
gets its wiphy->regd programmed before allowing regulatory
domains hints other than country IE hints from processing
on the wiphy. The existing check however discards the
possibility of custom regulatory domains having also used
the strict flag and these will not have the wiphy->regd
set. Custom strict regulatory domains never set the wiphy->regd
though as such currently all regulatory hints other than
country IE hints are being ignored on these wiphys.
All custom strict regulatory domains set the wiphy with the
WIPHY_FLAG_CUSTOM_REGULATORY and use wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory().
Enhance the check for the strict ISO3166-alpha2 regulatory domain
case by exempting the WIPHY_FLAG_CUSTOM_REGULATORY case. This
will enable other regulatory hints to be processed now for
these strict custom regulatory domains.
Cc: smihir@qti.qualcomm.com
Cc: tushnimb@qca.qualcomm.com
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The information of the peer's supported channels and supported operating
classes are required for the driver to perform TDLS off channel
operations. This commit enhances the function nl80211_(new)set_station
to pass this information of the peer to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Dutt <c_duttus@qti.qualcomm.com>
[return errors for malformed tuples]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since P2P device doesn't have a netdev associated to it,
we cannot prevent the user to start it when in RFKILL.
So refuse to even add it when in RFKILL.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It is incorrect to refer to this as 11d as 802.11d was just a
proposed amendment, 802.11d was merged to the standard so
use proper terminology.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the VLAN tci is set in skb->vlan_tci use the
priority field to determine the WMM priority.
Signed-off-by: cedric Voncken <cedric.voncken@acksys.fr>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If allowed in a country, these channels typically require DFS
so mark them as such. Channel 144 is a bit special, it's coming
into use now to allow more VHT 80 channels, but world roaming
with passive scanning is acceptable anyway. It seems fairly
unlikely that it'll be used as the control channel for a VHT
AP, but it needs to be present to allow a full VHT connection
to an AP that uses it as one of the secondary channels.
Also enable VHT 160 on these channels, and also for channels
36-48 to be able to use VHT 160 there.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
A CAC should fail if it is triggered while the interface is already
running.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add support for parsing and setting the dfs region (ETSI, FCC, JP)
when the internal regulatory database is used. Before this
the DFS region was being ignored even if present on the used
db.txt
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Reviewed-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In some debugfs related functions snprintf was used
while scnprintf should have been used instead.
(blindly adding the return value of snprintf and supplying
it to the next snprintf might result in buffer overflow when
the input is too big)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
My locking rework/race fixes caused a regression in the
registration, causing uevent notifications for wireless
devices before the device is really fully registered and
available in nl80211.
Fix this by moving the device_add() under rtnl and move
the rfkill to afterwards (it can't be under rtnl.)
Reported-and-tested-by: Maxime Bizon <mbizon@freebox.fr>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Fix kernel warning when using WEXT for configuring ad-hoc mode,
e.g. "iwconfig wlan0 essid test channel 1"
WARNING: at net/wireless/chan.c:373 cfg80211_chandef_usable+0x50/0x21c [cfg80211]()
The warning is caused by an uninitialized variable center_freq1.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It will be used later by the IBSS CSA implementation of mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE, which is a flag mask, instead of
NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, which is a flag index, when checking if the
hardware supports active monitoring.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pull networking changes from David Miller:
"Noteworthy changes this time around:
1) Multicast rejoin support for team driver, from Jiri Pirko.
2) Centralize and simplify TCP RTT measurement handling in order to
reduce the impact of bad RTO seeding from SYN/ACKs. Also, when
both timestamps and local RTT measurements are available prefer
the later because there are broken middleware devices which
scramble the timestamp.
From Yuchung Cheng.
3) Add TCP_NOTSENT_LOWAT socket option to limit the amount of kernel
memory consumed to queue up unsend user data. From Eric Dumazet.
4) Add a "physical port ID" abstraction for network devices, from
Jiri Pirko.
5) Add a "suppress" operation to influence fib_rules lookups, from
Stefan Tomanek.
6) Add a networking development FAQ, from Paul Gortmaker.
7) Extend the information provided by tcp_probe and add ipv6 support,
from Daniel Borkmann.
8) Use RCU locking more extensively in openvswitch data paths, from
Pravin B Shelar.
9) Add SCTP support to openvswitch, from Joe Stringer.
10) Add EF10 chip support to SFC driver, from Ben Hutchings.
11) Add new SYNPROXY netfilter target, from Patrick McHardy.
12) Compute a rate approximation for sending in TCP sockets, and use
this to more intelligently coalesce TSO frames. Furthermore, add
a new packet scheduler which takes advantage of this estimate when
available. From Eric Dumazet.
13) Allow AF_PACKET fanouts with random selection, from Daniel
Borkmann.
14) Add ipv6 support to vxlan driver, from Cong Wang"
Resolved conflicts as per discussion.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1218 commits)
openvswitch: Fix alignment of struct sw_flow_key.
netfilter: Fix build errors with xt_socket.c
tcp: Add missing braces to do_tcp_setsockopt
caif: Add missing braces to multiline if in cfctrl_linkup_request
bnx2x: Add missing braces in bnx2x:bnx2x_link_initialize
vxlan: Fix kernel panic on device delete.
net: mvneta: implement ->ndo_do_ioctl() to support PHY ioctls
net: mvneta: properly disable HW PHY polling and ensure adjust_link() works
icplus: Use netif_running to determine device state
ethernet/arc/arc_emac: Fix huge delays in large file copies
tuntap: orphan frags before trying to set tx timestamp
tuntap: purge socket error queue on detach
qlcnic: use standard NAPI weights
ipv6:introduce function to find route for redirect
bnx2x: VF RSS support - VF side
bnx2x: VF RSS support - PF side
vxlan: Notify drivers for listening UDP port changes
net: usbnet: update addr_assign_type if appropriate
driver/net: enic: update enic maintainers and driver
driver/net: enic: Exposing symbols for Cisco's low latency driver
...
This function is being removed, so remove the reference to it.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Here's the big driver core pull request for 3.12-rc1.
Lots of tiny changes here fixing up the way sysfs attributes are
created, to try to make drivers simpler, and fix a whole class race
conditions with creations of device attributes after the device was
announced to userspace.
All the various pieces are acked by the different subsystem maintainers.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2.0.21 (GNU/Linux)
iEYEABECAAYFAlIlIPcACgkQMUfUDdst+ynUMwCaAnITsxyDXYQ4DqEsz8EcOtMk
718AoLrgnUZs3B+70AT34DVktg4HSThk
=USl9
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'driver-core-3.12-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core
Pull driver core patches from Greg KH:
"Here's the big driver core pull request for 3.12-rc1.
Lots of tiny changes here fixing up the way sysfs attributes are
created, to try to make drivers simpler, and fix a whole class race
conditions with creations of device attributes after the device was
announced to userspace.
All the various pieces are acked by the different subsystem
maintainers"
* tag 'driver-core-3.12-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core: (119 commits)
firmware loader: fix pending_fw_head list corruption
drivers/base/memory.c: introduce help macro to_memory_block
dynamic debug: line queries failing due to uninitialized local variable
sysfs: sysfs_create_groups returns a value.
debugfs: provide debugfs_create_x64() when disabled
rbd: convert bus code to use bus_groups
firmware: dcdbas: use binary attribute groups
sysfs: add sysfs_create/remove_groups for when SYSFS is not enabled
driver core: add #include <linux/sysfs.h> to core files.
HID: convert bus code to use dev_groups
Input: serio: convert bus code to use drv_groups
Input: gameport: convert bus code to use drv_groups
driver core: firmware: use __ATTR_RW()
driver core: core: use DEVICE_ATTR_RO
driver core: bus: use DRIVER_ATTR_WO()
driver core: create write-only attribute macros for devices and drivers
sysfs: create __ATTR_WO()
driver-core: platform: convert bus code to use dev_groups
workqueue: convert bus code to use dev_groups
MEI: convert bus code to use dev_groups
...
Add flags intended to report various auxiliary information
and introduce the NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED flag to report
that the frame was already answered by the device.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
[REPLIED->ANSWERED, reword commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Neil Brown reports that with libertas, my recent cfg80211
SME changes in commit ceca7b7121
("cfg80211: separate internal SME implementation") broke
libertas suspend because it we now asked it to disconnect
while already disconnected.
The problematic change is in cfg80211_disconnect() as it
previously checked the SME state and now calls the driver
disconnect operation unconditionally.
Fix this by checking if there's a current_bss indicating
a connection, and do nothing if not.
Reported-and-tested-by: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are a few places which check nl80211hdr_put() for an ERR_PTR
but actually it returns NULL on error and never error values. In
nl80211_testmode_dump() the return wasn't checked at all so I have
added one.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
[some whitespace changes]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
To allow drivers to implement per-interface testmode operations
more easily, pass a wdev pointer if any identification for one
was given from userspace. Clean up the code a bit while at it.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Clean up the CQM settings code a bit and while at it
enforce that when setting the threshold to 0 (disable)
the hysteresis is also set to 0 to avoid confusion.
As we haven't enforce it, simply override userspace.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
To allow channel switch announcements within beacons, add
the channel switch command to nl80211/cfg80211. This is
implementation is intended for AP and (later) IBSS mode.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When a P2P GO interface goes down, cfg80211 doesn't properly
tear it down, leading to warnings later. Add the GO interface
type to the enumeration to tear it down like AP interfaces.
Otherwise, we leave it pending and mac80211's state can get
very confused, leading to warnings later.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Tested-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This is similar to the race Linus had reported, but in this case
it's an older bug: nl80211_prepare_wdev_dump() uses the wiphy
index in cb->args[0] as it is and thus parses the message over
and over again instead of just once because 0 is the first valid
wiphy index. Similar code in nl80211_testmode_dump() correctly
offsets the wiphy_index by 1, do that here as well.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The dev_attrs field of struct class is going away soon, dev_groups
should be used instead. This converts the networking wireless class
code to use the correct field.
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
The current regdomain was not always set by the core. This causes
cards with a custom regulatory domain to ignore user initiated changes
if done before the card was registered.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Whether the wiphy supports it or not is already checked, so what is left
is to enable these channel types.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Mandatory rates for 5 and 10 MHz are different from the rates used for
20 MHz in 2.4 GHz mode, as they use OFDM only.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
To allow scanning and working with 5 MHz and 10 MHz BSS, extend the
inform bss commands and add wrappers to take 5 and 10 MHz bss into
account.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
and power consumption.
Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received
interrupts to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware
for some predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when
one of the following events occur.
a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to
maximum coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
This patch adds set/get configuration support for packet coalesce.
User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
rule.
a) Maximum coalescing delay
b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
Multiple such rules can be created.
This feature needs to be advertised during driver initialization.
Drivers are supposed to do required firmware/hardware settings based
on user configuration.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
[fix kernel-doc, change free function, fix copy/paste error]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Currently packet patterns and it's enum/structures are used only
for WoWLAN feature. As we intend to reuse them for new feature
packet coalesce, they are renamed in this patch.
Older names are kept for backward compatibility purpose.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
RSSI threshold value used for mesh peering should be in
negative value. After range checks to mesh parameters is
introduced, this is not allowed. Fix this.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
restore_regulatory_settings() requires the RTNL to be held,
add the missing locking in reg_timeout_work().
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When splitting the SME implementation from the MLME code,
I introduced a few bugs:
* association failures no longer sent a connect-failure event
* getting disassociated from the AP caused deauth to be sent
but state wasn't cleaned up, leading to warnings
* authentication failures weren't cleaned up properly, causing
new connection attempts to warn and fail
Fix these bugs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
These two events were sent to the default network
namespace.
This caused AP mode in a non-default netns to not
work correctly. Mgmt tx status was multicasted to
a different (default) netns instead of the one the
AP was in.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The following compilation issue popped up moving from v3.10-rc1 to
v3.10-rc6 after merging wireless-testing.
net/wireless/sysfs.c:86:13: error: 'cfg80211_leave_all' defined
but not used [-Werror=unused-function]
The function is only called when CONFIG_PM is enabled. Moving the
function under CONFIG_PM as well.
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If it *is* still set when the netdev is being deleted,
then we are about to leak a pointer. Warn and clean up
in that case.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Should help the next person that tries to understand
the bss refcounting logic.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/Kconfig
drivers/net/xen-netback/netback.c
net/batman-adv/bat_iv_ogm.c
net/wireless/nl80211.c
The ath9k Kconfig conflict was a change of a Kconfig option name right
next to the deletion of another option.
The xen-netback conflict was overlapping changes involving the
handling of the notify list in xen_netbk_rx_action().
Batman conflict resolution provided by Antonio Quartulli, basically
keep everything in both conflict hunks.
The nl80211 conflict is a little more involved. In 'net' we added a
dynamic memory allocation to nl80211_dump_wiphy() to fix a race that
Linus reported. Meanwhile in 'net-next' the handlers were converted
to use pre and post doit handlers which use a flag to determine
whether to hold the RTNL mutex around the operation.
However, the dump handlers to not use this logic. Instead they have
to explicitly do the locking. There were apparent bugs in the
conversion of nl80211_dump_wiphy() in that we were not dropping the
RTNL mutex in all the return paths, and it seems we very much should
be doing so. So I fixed that whilst handling the overlapping changes.
To simplify the initial returns, I take the RTNL mutex after we try
to allocate 'tb'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes the potential issue that the BSS struct that we use
and later assign to wdev->current_bss is removed from the scan
list while associating.
Also warn when we don't have a BSS struct in connect_result
unless it's from a driver that only has the connect() API.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Doing so will allow us to hold the BSS (not just ref it) over the
association process, thus ensuring that it doesn't time out and
gets invisible to the user (e.g. in 'iw wlan0 link'.)
This also fixes a leak in mac80211 where it doesn't always release
the BSS struct properly in all cases where calling this function.
This leak was reported by Ben Greear.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Avoid parsing the original dump message again and again by
allocating a small state struct that is used by the functions
involved in the dump, storing this struct in cb->args[0].
This reduces the memory allocation size as well.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Merge mac80211 to avoid conflicts with the nl80211 attrbuf
changes.
Conflicts:
net/mac80211/iface.c
net/wireless/nl80211.c
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since my commit 3713b4e364 ("nl80211: allow splitting wiphy
information in dumps"), nl80211_dump_wiphy() uses the global
nl80211_fam.attrbuf for parsing the incoming data. This wouldn't
be a problem if it only did so on the first dump iteration which
is locked against other commands in generic netlink, but due to
space constraints in cb->args (the needed state doesn't fit) I
decided to always parse the original message. That's racy though
since nl80211_fam.attrbuf could be used by some other parsing in
generic netlink concurrently.
For now, fix this by allocating a separate parse buffer (it's a
bit too big for the stack, currently 1448 bytes on 64-bit). For
-next, I'll change the code to parse into the global buffer in
the first round only and then allocate a smaller buffer to keep
the data in cb->args.
Reported-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add defines for 5 and 10 MHz channel width and fix channel
handling functions accordingly.
Also check for and report the WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ
capability.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
[fix spelling in comment]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
only the attributes are required and not the whole netlink info, as the
function accesses the attributes only anyway. This makes it easier to
parse nested beacon IEs later.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In two wiphy dump error cases, most often when the dump allocation
must be increased, the RTNL is leaked. This quickly results in a
complete system lockup. Release the RTNL correctly.
Reported-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Users may want to send a frame on the current channel
without specifying it.
This is particularly useful for the correct implementation
of the IBSS/RSN support in wpa_supplicant which requires to
receive and send AUTH frames.
Make mgmt_tx pass a NULL channel to the driver if none has
been specified by the user.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
I (Johannes) accidentally applied the first version of the patch
("Allow TDLS peer AID to be configured for VHT"). Now apply just
the changes between v1 and v2 to get the AID verification and
prefer the new attribute over the old one.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently mesh uses mandatory rates as the default basic rates. Allow basic
rates to be configured during mesh join. Basic rates are applied only if
channel is also provided with mesh join command.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
[some whitespace fixes, refuse basic rates w/o channel]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If a STA has a peer that it hasn't seen any tx activity
from for a certain length of time, the peer link is
expired. This means the inactive STA is removed from the
list of peers and that STA is not considered a peer again
unless it re-peers. Previously, this inactivity time was
always 30 minutes. Now, add it to the mesh configuration
and allow it to be configured. Retain 30 minutes as a
default value.
Signed-off-by: Colleen Twitty <colleen@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Merge 'net' bug fixes into 'net-next' as we have patches
that will build on top of them.
This merge commit includes a change from Emil Goode
(emilgoode@gmail.com) that fixes a warning that would
have been introduced by this merge. Specifically it
fixes the pingv6_ops method ipv6_chk_addr() to add a
"const" to the "struct net_device *dev" argument and
likewise update the dummy_ipv6_chk_addr() declaration.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The change to use atomic_inc_return() for assigning the wiphy
index made the first wiphy index 1 instead of 0. This is fine,
but we all habitually type "phy0" when we're testing, so make
it go back to 0 instead of 1 by subtracting 1 from the index.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
My big locking cleanups caused a problem by registering the
rfkill instance with the RTNL held, while the callback also
acquires the RTNL. This potentially causes a deadlock since
the two locks used (rfkill mutex and RTNL) can be acquired
in two different orders. Fix this by (un)registering rfkill
without holding the RTNL. This needs to be done after the
device struct is registered, but that can also be done w/o
holding the RTNL.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
get_reg_request_treatment() returns 0 in one case but is
defined to return an enum, use the proper value REG_REQ_OK.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The current internal SME implementation in cfg80211 is
very mixed up with the MLME handling, which has been
causing issues for a long time. There are three things
that the implementation has to provide:
* a basic SME implementation for nl80211's connect()
call (for drivers implementing auth/assoc, which is
really just mac80211) and wireless extensions
* MLME events for the userspace SME
* SME events (connected, disconnected etc.) for all
different SME implementation possibilities (driver,
cfg80211 and userspace)
To achieve these goals it isn't necessary to track the
software SME's connection status outside of it's state
(which is the part that caused many issues.) Instead,
track it only in the SME data (wdev->conn) and in the
general case only track whether the wdev is connected
or not (via wdev->current_bss.)
Also separate the internal implementation to not have
callbacks from the SME events, but rather call it from
the API functions that the driver (or rather mac80211)
calls. This separates the code better.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Do some cleanups in the cfg80211 SME APIs, which are
only used by mac80211.
Most of these functions get a frame passed, and there
isn't really any reason to export multiple functions
as cfg80211 can check the frame type instead, do that.
Additionally, the API functions have confusing names
like cfg80211_send_...() which was meant to indicate
that it sends an event to userspace, but gets a bit
confusing when there's both TX and RX and they're not
all clearly labeled.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
genlmsg_end() can't return an error since it returns the
skb length so remove checks treating the return value as
an error code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no need to take up the space for devices that don't
support WoWLAN, and most drivers can even make the support
data static const (except where it's modified at runtime.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
An active monitor interface is one that is used for communication (via
injection). It is expected to ACK incoming unicast packets. This is
useful for running various 802.11 testing utilities that associate to an
AP via injection and manage the state in user space.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
So far, only net_device * could be passed along with netdevice notifier
event. This patch provides a possibility to pass custom structure
able to provide info that event listener needs to know.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
v2->v3: fix typo on simeth
shortened dev_getter
shortened notifier_info struct name
v1->v2: fix notifier_call parameter in call_netdevice_notifier()
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make the current WoWLAN configuration available to drivers
at runtime. This isn't really useful for the normal WoWLAN
behaviour and accessing it can also be racy, but drivers
may use it for testing the WoWLAN device behaviour while
the host stays up & running to observe the device.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
By making all the API functions require wdev locking we
can clean up the API a bit, getting rid of the locking
version of each function. This also decreases the size
of cfg80211 by a small amount.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
By making all the API functions require wdev locking we
can clean up the API a bit, getting rid of the locking
version of each function. This also decreases the size
of cfg80211 by a small amount.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The reg_mutex is similar to the ones I just removed in
cfg80211 but even less useful since it protects global
data, and we hold the RTNL in all places (except module
unload) already.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since it just does a quick check of the last regulatory
request, the function doesn't have to hold the reg mutex
but can use RCU instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the driver for some reason successfully finishes
scanning while in p2p_stop_device(), cfg80211 will
still set it to aborted. Simplify this code using the
new 'notified' value and only mark it aborted in case
the driver didn't notify cfg80211 at all (in which
case we also leak the request to not crash, this is
a driver bug.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Using separate locks in cfg80211 and mac80211 has always
caused issues, for example having to unlock in places in
mac80211 to call cfg80211, which even needed a framework
to make cfg80211 calls after some functions returned etc.
Additionally, I suspect some issues people have reported
with the cfg80211 state getting confused could be due to
such issues, when cfg80211 is asking mac80211 to change
state but mac80211 is in the process of telling cfg80211
that the state changed (in another way.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Virtually all code paths in cfg80211 already (need to) hold
the RTNL. As such, there's little point in having another
four mutexes for various parts of the code, they just cause
lock ordering issues (and much of the time, the RTNL and a
few of the others need thus be held.)
Simplify all this by getting rid of the extra four mutexes
and just use the RTNL throughout. Only a few code changes
were needed to do this and we can get rid of a work struct
for bonus points.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
VHT uses peer AID in the PARTIAL_AID field in TDLS frames. The current
design for TDLS is to first add a dummy STA entry before completing TDLS
Setup and then update information on this STA entry based on what was
received from the peer during the setup exchange.
In theory, this could use NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID to set the peer AID just
like this is used in AP mode to set the AID of an association station.
However, existing cfg80211 validation rules prevent this attribute from
being used with set_station operation. To avoid interoperability issues
between different kernel and user space version combinations, introduce
a new nl80211 attribute for the purpose of setting TDLS peer AID. This
attribute can be used in both the new_station and set_station
operations. It is not supposed to be allowed to change the AID value
during the lifetime of the STA entry, but that validation is left for
drivers to do in the change_station callback.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Copy & paste mistake - STATION_INFO_TX_BYTES64 is the name of the flag,
not NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If a P2P-Device is present and another virtual interface triggers
the connection work, the system crash because it tries to check
if the P2P-Device's netdev (which doesn't exist) is up. Skip any
wdevs that have no netdev to fix this.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: YanBo <dreamfly281@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Authentication takes place in userspace, but the beacon is
generated in the kernel. Allow userspace to inform the
kernel of the authentication method so the appropriate
mesh config IE can be set prior to beacon generation when
joining the MBSS.
Signed-off-by: Colleen Twitty <colleen@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
To support auto-loading of wireless modules from netlink users, add module
alias for nl80211 family.
This also adds NL80211_GENL_NAME constant to define the "nl80211" netlink
family name as part of uapi.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add regulatory class for 60GHz band, according
to the last specification.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The code sending the current WoWLAN TCP wakeup settings in
nl80211_send_wowlan_tcp() is not closing the nested attribute,
thus causing the parser to get confused on the receiver side
in userspace (iw). Fix this.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [3.9]
Reported-by: Deepak Arora <deepakx.arora@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When the interface goes down, there's no need to call
cfg80211_mlme_down() after __cfg80211_disconnect() as
the latter will call the former (if appropriate.)
Also, in __cfg80211_disconnect(), if the cfg80211 SME
isn't used, __cfg80211_disconnected() may still need
to be called (depending on the current state) so that
the SME state gets cleared.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Adding the attributes fixes an issue with P2P Device not
working properly for management frame TX.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the device reports a non-wireless wakeup reason, the
tracing code crashes trying to dereference a NULL pointer.
Fix this by checking the pointer on all accesses and also
add a non_wireless tag to the event.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If rfkill_register() fails in wiphy_register() the struct device
is unregistered but everything else isn't (regulatory, debugfs)
and we even leave the wiphy instance on all internal lists even
though it will likely be freed soon, which is clearly a problem.
Fix this by cleaning up properly.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pull VFS updates from Al Viro,
Misc cleanups all over the place, mainly wrt /proc interfaces (switch
create_proc_entry to proc_create(), get rid of the deprecated
create_proc_read_entry() in favor of using proc_create_data() and
seq_file etc).
7kloc removed.
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs: (204 commits)
don't bother with deferred freeing of fdtables
proc: Move non-public stuff from linux/proc_fs.h to fs/proc/internal.h
proc: Make the PROC_I() and PDE() macros internal to procfs
proc: Supply a function to remove a proc entry by PDE
take cgroup_open() and cpuset_open() to fs/proc/base.c
ppc: Clean up scanlog
ppc: Clean up rtas_flash driver somewhat
hostap: proc: Use remove_proc_subtree()
drm: proc: Use remove_proc_subtree()
drm: proc: Use minor->index to label things, not PDE->name
drm: Constify drm_proc_list[]
zoran: Don't print proc_dir_entry data in debug
reiserfs: Don't access the proc_dir_entry in r_open(), r_start() r_show()
proc: Supply an accessor for getting the data from a PDE's parent
airo: Use remove_proc_subtree()
rtl8192u: Don't need to save device proc dir PDE
rtl8187se: Use a dir under /proc/net/r8180/
proc: Add proc_mkdir_data()
proc: Move some bits from linux/proc_fs.h to linux/{of.h,signal.h,tty.h}
proc: Move PDE_NET() to fs/proc/proc_net.c
...
Don't use create_proc_read_entry() as that is deprecated, but rather use
proc_create_data() and seq_file instead.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
cc: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
cc: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
cc: devel@driverdev.osuosl.org
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Some protocols need a more reliable connection to complete
successful in reasonable time. This patch adds a user-space
API to indicate the wireless driver that a critical protocol
is about to commence and when it is done, using nl80211 primitives
NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START and NL80211_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP.
There can be only on critical protocol session started per
registered cfg80211 device.
The driver can support this by implementing the cfg80211 callbacks
.crit_proto_start() and .crit_proto_stop(). Examples of protocols
that can benefit from this are DHCP, EAPOL, APIPA. Exactly how the
link can/should be made more reliable is up to the driver. Things
to consider are avoid scanning, no multi-channel operations, and
alter coexistence schemes.
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In cfg80211_can_use_iftype_chan(), check for P2P Device
first, and then for netdevs. This doesn't really change
anything but makes the code a bit easier to read since
it may not be obvious for everyone at first that a P2P
device has no netdev.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
cfg80211_stop_p2p_device() requires the devlist_mtx to
be held, but nl80211_stop_p2p_device() doesn't acquire
it which is a locking error and causes a warning (when
lockdep is enabled). Fix this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Most dump callbacks, including the scan results one, use
the netdev to identify what to do, which is incorrect for
the P2P_DEVICE support, it needs to be able to get the
scan result from the wdev. Change all dumps to unify the
code, but ones other than scan don't really support being
executed on a wdev that has no netdev.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This function converts a (global only!) operating
class to an internal band identifier. This will
be needed for extended channel switch support.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When a full scan 2.4 and 5 GHz scan is scheduled, but then the 2.4 GHz
part of the scan disables a 5.2 GHz channel due to, e.g. receiving
country or frequency information, that 5.2 GHz channel might already
be in the list of channels to scan next. Then, when the driver checks
if it should do a passive scan, that will return false and attempt an
active scan. This is not only wrong but can also lead to the iwlwifi
device firmware crashing since it checks regulatory as well.
Fix this by not setting the channel flags to just disabled but rather
OR'ing in the disabled flag. That way, even if the race happens, the
channel will be scanned passively which is still (mostly) correct.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
net/mac80211/sta_info.c
net/wireless/core.h
Two minor conflicts in wireless. Overlapping additions of extern
declarations in net/wireless/core.h and a bug fix overlapping with
the addition of a boolean parameter to __ieee80211_key_free().
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduced in f9f475292d
("cfg80211: always check for scan end on P2P device")
cfg80211_conn_scan() which requires sched_scan_mtx to be held can be called
from cfg80211_conn_work(). Without this we are hitting multiple warnings like
the following:
WARNING: at net/wireless/sme.c:88 cfg80211_conn_scan+0x1dc/0x3a0 [cfg80211]()
Hardware name: 0578A21
Modules linked in: ...
Pid: 620, comm: kworker/3:1 Not tainted 3.9.0-rc4-next-20130328+ #326
Call Trace:
[<c1036992>] warn_slowpath_common+0x72/0xa0
[<c10369e2>] warn_slowpath_null+0x22/0x30
[<faa4b0ec>] cfg80211_conn_scan+0x1dc/0x3a0 [cfg80211]
[<faa4b344>] cfg80211_conn_do_work+0x94/0x380 [cfg80211]
[<faa4c3b2>] cfg80211_conn_work+0xa2/0x130 [cfg80211]
[<c1051858>] process_one_work+0x198/0x450
Signed-off-by: Artem Savkov <artem.savkov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a new constant ETH_P_802_3_MIN, the minimum ethernet type for
an 802.3 frame. Frames with a lower value in the ethernet type field
are Ethernet II.
Also update all the users of this value that David Miller and
I could find to use the new constant.
Also correct a bug in util.c. The comparison with ETH_P_802_3_MIN
should be >= not >.
As suggested by Jesse Gross.
Compile tested only.
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Cc: Karsten Keil <isdn@linux-pingi.de>
Cc: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Bart De Schuymer <bart.de.schuymer@pandora.be>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
Cc: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@gmail.com>
Cc: linux-bluetooth@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netfilter-devel@vger.kernel.org
Cc: bridge@lists.linux-foundation.org
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
Cc: linux-media@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: dev@openvswitch.org
Acked-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Stefan Richter <stefanr@s5r6.in-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a P2P device wdev is removed while it has a scan, then the
scan completion might crash later as it is already freed by
that time. To avoid the crash always check the scan completion
when the P2P device is being removed for some reason. If the
driver already canceled it, don't want and free it, otherwise
warn and leak it to avoid later crashes.
In order to do this, locking needs to be changed away from the
rdev mutex (which can't always be guaranteed). For now, use
the sched_scan_mtx instead, I'll rename it to just scan_mtx in
a later patch.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Arend reported a crash in tracing if the driver returns an
ERR_PTR() value from the add_virtual_intf() callback. This
is due to the tracing then still attempting to dereference
the "pointer", fix this by using IS_ERR_OR_NULL().
Reported-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Tested-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Fix to return a negative error code from the error handling
case instead of 0, as returned elsewhere in this function.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If wpa_supplicant and iw/iwconfig are used together, very
rarely the system crashes. It seems to be related to the
connection parameters not being set up, but it's not all
clear to me how this happens. In any case, checking that
the conn pointer exists here is probably a good idea.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In the odd case that while updating information from a beacon,
a BSS was found that is part of a hidden group, we drop the
new information. In this case, however, we leak the IE buffer
from the update, and erroneously update the entry's timestamp
so it will never time out. Fix both these issues.
Cc: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There is NETDEV_ENTRY that was incorrectly assigned as WIPHY_ASSIGN,
fix it.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the user requested a userspace MPM, automatically
disable auto_open_plinks to fully disable the kernel MPM.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The mesh station types used to refer to whether the
station was secure or nonsecure. Really the salient
information is whether it is managed by the kernel or
userspace
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Secure mesh had the implicit requirement that the Mesh
Peering Management entity be in userspace. However
userspace might want to implement an open MPM as well, so
specify a mesh setup parameter to indicate this.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For VHT, the wider bandwidths (up to 160 MHz) need
to be allowed. Since world roaming only covers the
case of connecting to an AP, it can be opened up
there, we will rely on the AP to know the local
regulations.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no reason TDLS should be prevented on P2P client
interfaces, and most of the code already handles it, so
allow adding stations for it.
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If possible that after suspend, cfg80211 will receive request to
disconnect what require action on interface that was removed during
suspend.
Problem can manifest itself by various warnings similar to below one:
WARNING: at net/mac80211/driver-ops.h:12 ieee80211_bss_info_change_notify+0x2f9/0x300 [mac80211]()
wlan0: Failed check-sdata-in-driver check, flags: 0x4
Call Trace:
[<c043e0b3>] warn_slowpath_fmt+0x33/0x40
[<f83707c9>] ieee80211_bss_info_change_notify+0x2f9/0x300 [mac80211]
[<f83a660a>] ieee80211_recalc_ps_vif+0x2a/0x30 [mac80211]
[<f83a6706>] ieee80211_set_disassoc+0xf6/0x500 [mac80211]
[<f83a9441>] ieee80211_mgd_deauth+0x1f1/0x280 [mac80211]
[<f8381b36>] ieee80211_deauth+0x16/0x20 [mac80211]
[<f8261e70>] cfg80211_mlme_down+0x70/0xc0 [cfg80211]
[<f8264de1>] __cfg80211_disconnect+0x1b1/0x1d0 [cfg80211]
To fix the problem disconnect from any associated network before
suspend. User space is responsible to establish connection again
after resume. This basically need to be done by user space anyway,
because associated stations can go away during suspend (for example
NetworkManager disconnects on suspend and connect on resume by default).
Patch also handle situation when driver refuse to suspend with wowlan
configured and try to suspend again without it.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES to support update of FT IEs to the WLAN
driver and NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT to send FT events from the WLAN driver.
This will carry the target AP's MAC address along with the relevant
Information Elements. This event is used to report received FT IEs
(MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE). These changes allow FT to be supported
with drivers that use an internal SME instead of user space option (like
FT implementation in wpa_supplicant with mac80211-based drivers).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It's not useful to specify a 0 keepalive interval, this
would send too much data. Prohibit this to also avoid
device issues.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
cfg80211_mlme_assoc() has grown far too many arguments,
make the caller build almost all of the driver struct
and pass that to the function instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For testing it's sometimes useful to be able to
override certain VHT capability advertisement,
add the ability to do that in cfg80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This is the sort of thing gcc's LTO could do, but since
we don't have that yet we can also do it manually. The
advantage is reduced code, both source and binary, e.g.
on x86-64
text data bss dec hex filename
442825 56230 776 499831 7a077 cfg80211.ko (before)
441585 56230 776 498591 79b9f cfg80211.ko (after)
a reduction of ~1k.
But in order to not complicate the code move only those
functions that are simple wrappers, not those that have
functionality of their own.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add back the channel width and extended capability data
to wiphy information if split information is supported.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add back the previously removed TCP WoWLAN information,
but only if userspace is prepared to deal with large
wiphy capability data dumps.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If userspace is updated to deal with large split wiphy
information dumps, add back the radar information that
could otherwise push the data over the limit of the
netlink dump messages.
Cc: Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@s2003.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The per-wiphy information is getting large, to the point
where with more than the typical number of channels it's
too large and overflows, and userspace can't get any of
the information at all.
To address this (in a way that doesn't require making all
messages bigger) allow userspace to specify that it can
deal with wiphy information split across multiple parts
of the dump, and if it can split up the data. This also
splits up each channel separately so an arbitrary number
of channels can be supported.
Additionally, since GET_WIPHY has the same problem, add
support for filtering the wiphy dump and get information
for a single wiphy only, this allows userspace apps to
use dump in this case to retrieve all data from a single
device.
As userspace needs to know if all this this is supported,
add a global nl80211 feature set and include a bit for
this behaviour in it.
Cc: Dennis H Jensen <dennis.h.jensen@siemens.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The station change API isn't being checked properly before
drivers are called, and as a result it is difficult to see
what should be allowed and what not.
In order to comprehensively check the API parameters parse
everything first, and then have the driver call a function
(cfg80211_check_station_change()) with the additionally
information about the kind of station that is being changed;
this allows the function to make better decisions than the
old code could.
While at it, also add a few checks, particularly in mesh
and clarify the TDLS station lifetime in documentation.
To be able to reduce a few checks, ignore any flag set bits
when the mask isn't set, they shouldn't be applied then.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Make the ability to leave the plink_state unchanged not use a
magic -1 variable that isn't in the enum, but an explicit change
flag; reject invalid plink states or actions and move the needed
constants for plink actions to the right header file. Also
reject plink_state changes for non-mesh interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Given a device with many channels capabilities the wiphy
information can still overflow even though its size in
3.9 was reduced to 3.8 levels. For new userspace and
kernel 3.10 we're going to implement a new "split dump"
protocol that can use multiple messages per wiphy.
For now though, add a workaround to be able to send more
information to userspace. Since generic netlink doesn't
have a way to set the minimum dump size globally, and we
wouldn't really want to set it globally anyway, increase
the size only when needed, as described in the comments.
As userspace might not be prepared for large buffers, we
can only use 4k.
Also increase the size for the get_wiphy command.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This is another case of data increasing the size of the
wiphy information significantly with a new feature, for
now remove this as well.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Just like the radar information, the TCP WoWLAN capability
data can increase the wiphy information and make it too
big. Remove the TCP WoWLAN information; no driver supports
it and new userspace tools will be required as well.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The wiphy information is getting very close to being too
much for a typical netlink dump message and adding the
radar attributes to channels and interface combinations
can push it over the limit, which means userspace gets no
information whatsoever. Therefore, remove these again for
now, no driver actually supports radar detection anyway
and a modified userspace is required as well.
We're working on a solution that will allow userspace to
request splitting the information across multiple netlink
messages, which will allow us to add this back.
Cc: Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@s2003.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
John W. Linville says:
====================
This probably is the last big pull request for wireless bits
for 3.9. Of course, I'm sure there will be a few stragglers here
and there...surely a few bug fixes as well... :-) (In fact, I see
that Johannes has already queued-up a few more for me while I was
preparing this...)
Included are a number of pulls...
For mac80211-next, Johannes says:
"The biggest change I have is undoubtedly Marco's mesh powersave
implementation. Beyond that, I have a patch from Emmanuel to modify the
DTIM period API in mac80211, scan improvements and a removal of some
previous workaround code from Stanislaw, dynamic short slot time from
Thomas and 64-bit station byte counters from Vladimir. I also made a
number of changes myself, some related to WoWLAN, some auth/deauth
improvements and most of them BSS list cleanups."
"This time, I have relatively large number of fixes in various areas of
the code (a memory leak in regulatory, an RX race in mac80211, the new
radar checking caused a P2P device problem, some mesh issues with
stations, an older bug in tracing and for kernel-doc) as well as a
number of small new features. The biggest (in the diffstat) is my work
on hidden SSID tracking."
"Please pull to get
* radar detection work from Simon
* mesh improvements from Thomas
* a connection monitoring/powersave fix from Wojciech
* TDLS-related station management work from Jouni
* VLAN crypto fixes from Michael Braun
* CCK support in minstrel_ht from Felix
* an SMPS (not SMSP, oops) related improvement in mac80211 (Emmanuel)
* some WoWLAN work from Amitkumar Karwar: pattern match offset and a
documentation fix
* some WoWLAN work from myself (TCP connection wakeup feature API)
* and a lot of VHT (and some HT) work (also from myself)
And a number of more random cleanups/fixes. I merged mac80211/master to
avoid a merge problem there."
And regarding iwlwifi-next, Johannes says:
"We continue work on our new driver, but I also have a WoWLAN and AP mode
improvement for the previous driver and a change to use threaded
interrupts to prepare us for working with non-PCIe devices."
Regarding wl12xx, Luca says:
"A few more patches intended for 3.9. Mostly some clean-ups I've been
doing to make it easier to support device-tree. Also including one bug
fix for wl12xx where the rates we advertise were wrong and an update in
the wlconf structure to support newer firmwares."
For the nfc-next bits, Samuel says:
"This is the second NFC pull request for 3.9.
We have:
- A few pn533 fixes on top of Waldemar refactorization of the driver, one of
them fixes target mode.
- A new driver for Inside Secure microread chipset. It supports two
physical layers: i2c and MEI. The MEI one depends on a patchset that's
been sent to Greg Kroah-Hartman for inclusion into the 3.9 kernel [1]. The
dependency is a KConfig one which means this code is not buildable as long
as the MEI API is not usptream."
"This 3rd NFC pull request for 3.9 contains a fix for the microread MEI
physical layer support, as the MEI bus API changed.
From the MEI code, we now pass the MEI id back to the driver probe routine,
and we also pass a name and a MEI id table through the mei_bus_driver
structure. A few renames as well like e.g. mei_bus_driver to mei_driver or
mei_bus_client to mei_device in order to be closer to the driver model
practices."
For the ath6kl bits, Kalle says:
"There's not anything special here, most of the patches are just code
cleanup. The only functional changes are using the beacon interval from user
space and fixing a crash which happens when inserting and removing the
module in a loop."
Also, I pulled the wireless tree in order to resolve some pending
merge issues. On top of that, there is a bunch of work on brcmfmac
that leads up to P2P support. Also, mwifiex, rtlwifi, and a variety
of other drivers see some basic cleanups and minor enhancements.
Please let me know if there are problems!
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
proc_net_remove is only used to remove proc entries
that under /proc/net,it's not a general function for
removing proc entries of netns. if we want to remove
some proc entries which under /proc/net/stat/, we still
need to call remove_proc_entry.
this patch use remove_proc_entry to replace proc_net_remove.
we can remove proc_net_remove after this patch.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Right now, some modules such as bonding use proc_create
to create proc entries under /proc/net/, and other modules
such as ipv4 use proc_net_fops_create.
It looks a little chaos.this patch changes all of
proc_net_fops_create to proc_create. we can remove
proc_net_fops_create after this patch.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Larry noticed (and bisected) that commit df881293c6
"cfg80211: Pass TDLS peer's QoS/HT/VHT information during set_station"
broke secure connections. This is is the case only for drivers that
don't support TDLS, where any kind of change, even just the change of
authorized flag that is required for normal operation, was rejected
now. To fix this, remove the checks. I have some patches that will add
proper verification for all the different cases later.
Cc: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Bisected-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Tested-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The information of the peer's capabilities is required for the driver
to perform TDLS Peer UAPSD operations. This information of the peer is
passed by the supplicant using NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command. This
commit enhances the function nl80211_set_station to pass this
information of the peer to the driver in case this command is used
with the TDLS peer STA.
In addition, make the HT/VHT capability configuration handled more
consistently for other STA cases (reject both instead of just HT).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The information of the peer's capabilities and extended capabilities are
required for the driver to perform TDLS Peer UAPSD operations and off
channel operations. This information of the peer is passed from user space
using NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command. This commit enhances
the function nl80211_set_station to pass the capability information of
the peer to the driver.
Similarly, there may be need for capability information for other modes,
so allow this to be provided with both add_station and change_station.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In many cases, userspace may need to know which of the
802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities
element") are implemented in the driver or device, to
include them e.g. in beacons, assoc request/response
or other frames. Add a new nl80211 attribute to hold
the extended capabilities bitmap for this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When drivers or regulatory have limitations on
40, 80 or 160 MHz channels, advertise these to
userspace via nl80211. Also add a new feature
flag to let userspace know this is supported.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some drivers might support 80 or 160 MHz only on some
channels for whatever reason, so allow them to disable
these channel widths. Also maintain the new flags when
regulatory bandwidth limitations would disable these
wide channels.
Reviewed-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add new NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT, which starts the Channel
Availability Check (CAC). This command will also notify the
usermode about events (CAC finished, CAC aborted, radar
detected, NOP finished).
Once radar detection has started it should continuously
monitor for radars as long as the channel is active.
This patch enables DFS for AP mode in nl80211/cfg80211.
Based on original patch by Victor Goldenshtein <victorg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
[remove WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_RADAR_DETECT again -- my mistake]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Intel Wireless devices are able to make a TCP connection
after suspending, sending some data and waking up when
the connection receives wakeup data (or breaks). Add the
WoWLAN configuration and feature advertising API for it.
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
cfg80211_find_vendor_ie() was checking only that the vendor IE would
fit in the remaining IEs buffer. If a corrupt includes a vendor IE
that is too small, we could potentially overrun the IEs buffer.
Fix this by checking that the vendor IE fits in the reported IE length
field and skip it otherwise.
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
[change BUILD_BUG_ON to != 1 (from >= 2)]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If user knows the location of a wowlan pattern to be matched in
Rx packet, he can provide an offset with the pattern. This will
help drivers to ignore initial bytes and match the pattern
efficiently.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
[refactor pattern sending]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
While technically the TSF isn't an IE, it can be
necessary to distinguish between the TSF from a
beacon and a probe response, in particular in
order to know the next DTIM TBTT, as not all APs
are spec compliant wrt. TSF==0 being a DTIM TBTT
and thus the DTIM count needs to be taken into
account as well.
To allow this, move the TSF into the IE struct
so it can be known whence it came.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no way scan BSS IEs can be NULL as even
if the allocation fails the frame is discarded.
Remove some code checking for this and document
that it is always non-NULL.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently, cfg80211 will copy beacon IEs from a previously
received hidden SSID beacon to a probe response entry, if
that entry is created after the beacon entry. However, if
it is the other way around, or if the beacon is updated,
such changes aren't propagated.
Fix this by tracking the relation between the probe
response and beacon BSS structs in this case.
In case drivers have private data stored in a BSS struct
and need access to such data from a beacon entry, cfg80211
now provides the hidden_beacon_bss pointer from the probe
response entry to the beacon entry.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This prepares for using the spinlock instead of krefs
which is needed in the next patch to track the refs
of combined BSSes correctly.
Acked-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com> [mwifiex]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When a driver requests a specific regulatory domain after cfg80211 already
has one, a struct ieee80211_regdomain is leaked.
Reported-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Tested-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/e1000e/ethtool.c
drivers/net/vmxnet3/vmxnet3_drv.c
drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/dvm/tx.c
net/ipv6/route.c
The ipv6 route.c conflict is simple, just ignore the 'net' side change
as we fixed the same problem in 'net-next' by eliminating cached
neighbours from ipv6 routes.
The e1000e conflict is an addition of a new statistic in the ethtool
code, trivial.
The vmxnet3 conflict is about one change in 'net' removing a guarding
conditional, whilst in 'net-next' we had a netdev_info() conversion.
The iwlwifi conflict is dealing with a WARN_ON() conversion in
'net-next' vs. a revert happening in 'net'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of annotating with a comment, add a lockdep
annotation which also serves as documentation.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The comment about allocating the IEs together with
the BSS struct is no longer true, remove it. Also
fix a typo in the same area.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As Thomas pointed out, cfg80211_get_mesh() is
unused and can be removed.
Cc: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of first checking if a BSS is an MBSS
and then doing the comparisons, inline it all
into the BSS comparison function. This avoids
doing the IE searches twice and is also a lot
less code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When trying to find a hidden SSID, the lookup function
is done wrong; the code is trying to combine the two
lookups into one, and as a consequence doesn't always
find the entry at all. To understand this, consider a
case where multiple BSS entries with the same channel
and BSSID exist but have different SSID length. Then
comparing against the probe response SSID length is
bound to cause problems since the hidden one might be
either zeroed out or zero-length.
To fix this we need to do two lookups for the two ways
to hide SSIDs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of duplicating the rbtree functions, pass
an argument to the compare function. This removes
the code duplication for the two searches.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In per-station statistics, present 32bit counters are too small
for practical purposes - with gigabit speeds, it get overlapped
every few seconds.
Expand counters in the struct station_info to be 64-bit.
Driver can still fill only 32-bit and indicate in @filled
only bits like STATION_INFO_[TR]X_BYTES; in case driver provides
full 64-bit counter, it should also set in @filled
bit STATION_INFO_[TR]RX_BYTES64
Netlink sends both 32-bit and 64-bit counters, if present, to not
break userspace.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
[change to also have 32-bit counters if driver advertises 64-bit]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Now that mac80211 no longer uses this API, remove
it completely. If anyone needs it again, we can
revert this patch of course, but mac80211 was the
only user right now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When waking up from WoWLAN, it is useful to know
what triggered the wakeup. Support reporting the
wakeup reason(s) in cfg80211 (and a pass-through
in mac80211) to allow userspace to know.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The warning here occasionally triggers but we haven't
found the cause yet. It's a valid warning since if it
triggers the SME state got confused, so add the SME
state to it to help narrow it down in the future.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add API to enable drivers to implement MAC address based
access control in AP/P2P GO mode. Capable drivers advertise
this capability by setting the maximum number of MAC
addresses in such a list in wiphy->max_acl_mac_addrs.
An initial ACL may be given to the NL80211_CMD_START_AP
command and/or changed later with NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL.
Black- and whitelists are supported, but not simultaneously.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com>
[rewrite commit log, many cleanups]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In commit "cfg80211: check radar interface combinations" a regression
was introduced which might lead to NULL dereference if the argument
chan = NULL, which might happen in IBSS/wext case (and probably
others).
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We do a:
sprintf(buf, " Last beacon: %ums ago",
elapsed_jiffies_msecs(bss->ts));
elapsed_jiffies_msecs() can return a 10 digit number so "buf" needs to
be 31 characters long.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
To ease further DFS development regarding interface combinations, use
the interface combinations structure to test for radar capabilities.
Drivers can specify which channel widths they support, and in which
modes. Right now only a single AP interface is allowed, but as the
DFS code evolves other combinations can be enabled.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP attribute was originally added for
NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, but it is actually as useful (if not even more
useful) with NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, so process that attribute with the
connect command, too.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As per email discussion Jouni Malinen pointed out that:
"P2P message exchanges can be executed on the current operating channel
of any operation (both P2P and non-P2P station). These can be on 5 GHz
and even on 60 GHz (so yes, you _can_ do GO Negotiation on 60 GHz).
As an example, it would be possible to receive a GO Negotiation Request
frame on a 5 GHz only radio and then to complete GO Negotiation on that
band. This can happen both when connected to a P2P group (through client
discoverability mechanism) and when connected to a legacy AP (assuming
the station receive Probe Request frame from full scan in the beginning
of P2P device discovery)."
This means that P2P messages can be sent over different radio devices.
However, these should use the same P2P device address so it should be
able to provision this from user-space. This patch adds a parameter for
this to struct vif_params which should only be used during creation of
the P2P device interface.
Cc: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Cc: Greg Goldman <ggoldman@broadcom.com>
Cc: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
[add error checking]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add the nl80211_mesh_power_mode enumeration which holds possible
values for the mesh power mode. These modes are unknown, active,
light sleep and deep sleep.
Add power_mode entry to the mesh config structure to hold the
user-configured default mesh power mode. This value will be used
for new peer links.
Add the dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration value to the mesh config.
The awake window is a duration in TU describing how long the STA
will stay awake after transmitting its beacon in PS mode.
Add access routines to:
- get/set local link-specific power mode (STA)
- get remote STA's link-specific power mode (STA)
- get remote STA's non-peer power mode (STA)
- get/set default mesh power mode (mesh config)
- get/set mesh awake window duration (mesh config)
All config changes may be done at mesh runtime and take effect
immediately.
Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Bezyazychnyy <ivan.bezyazychnyy@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Krinkin <krinkin.m.u@gmail.com>
[fix commit message line length, error handling in set station]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Move the default mesh beacon interval and DTIM period to cfg80211
and make them accessible to nl80211. This enables setting both
values when joining an MBSS.
Previously the DTIM parameter was not set by mac80211 so the
driver's default value was used.
Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Ranges are taken from IEEE 802.11-2012, common sense or current
implementation requirements.
Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco@cozybit.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bnx2x/bnx2x_cmn.c
Both conflicts were simply overlapping context.
A build fix for qlcnic is in here too, simply removing the added
devinit annotations which no longer exist.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since:
commit 2c60db0370
Author: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Date: Sun Sep 16 09:17:26 2012 +0000
net: provide a default dev->ethtool_ops
wireless core does not correctly assign ethtool_ops.
After alloc_netdev*() call, some cfg80211 drivers provide they own
ethtool_ops, but some do not. For them, wireless core provide generic
cfg80211_ethtool_ops, which is assigned in NETDEV_REGISTER notify call:
if (!dev->ethtool_ops)
dev->ethtool_ops = &cfg80211_ethtool_ops;
But after Eric's commit, dev->ethtool_ops is no longer NULL (on cfg80211
drivers without custom ethtool_ops), but points to &default_ethtool_ops.
In order to fix the problem, provide function which will overwrite
default_ethtool_ops and use it by wireless core.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 1a9193185f "regulatory: code cleanup"
changed is_ht40_allowed without considering that IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 is
not just one flag, but two.
This is causing HT40- to be blocked completely.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
My commit 379b82f4c9
("regulatory: pass new regdomain to reset function")
broke the restore_regulatory_settings() function due
to a logic change. Consider this change:
- reset_regdomains(true);
- cfg80211_regdomain = cfg80211_world_regdom;
+ reset_regdomains(true, cfg80211_world_regdom);
This looks innocent enough, until you realise that the
called function (reset_regdomains) also resets the
cfg80211_world_regdom pointer, so that the old version
of the code would use the new object it pointed to and
the new version of the code uses the old object. This
lead to a double-free of this object.
Since reset_regdomains() sets it to &world_regdom, use
that directly.
Reported-by: Sujith Manoharan <sujith@msujith.org>
Tested-by: Sujith Manoharan <sujith@msujith.org>
Reported-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Reported-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The uevent callback doesn't protect its access to
last_request, which now causes a warning since
the conversion to get_last_request(). Fix this by
allowing to use RCU protection for last_request.
Reported-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use strlcpy where possible to ensure the string is \0 terminated.
Use always sizeof(string) instead of 32, ETHTOOL_BUSINFO_LEN
and custom defines.
Use snprintf instead of sprint.
Remove unnecessary inits of ->fw_version
Remove unnecessary inits of drvinfo struct.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The following changes are invalid and should be
disallowed when a station already exists:
* supported rates changes, except for TDLS peers
* listen interval changes
* HT capability changes
Disallow them and also update a mac80211 comment
explaining how they would be racy.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Today, stations are added already associated. That is
inefficient if, for example, the driver has no room
for stations any more because then the station will
go through the entire auth/assoc handshake, only to
be kicked out afterwards.
To address this a bit better, at least with drivers
using the new station state callback, allow hostapd
to add stations in unauthenticated mode, just after
receiving the AUTH frame, before even replying. Thus
if there's no more space at that point, it can send
a negative auth frame back. It still needs to handle
later state transition errors though, of course.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We should not add new beacon hints even if the wiphy
is not world roaming. Without this we were always adding
a beacon hint if not world roaming for every non world
roaming wiphy interface.
Tested-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
[fix locking]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This will be used later by other code. This has no
functional change.
Tested-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Regulatory beacon hints are used to help with world roaming
and as it is right now we learn from a beacon hint processed
on one wiphy to all other wiphys. The processing of beacon
hints however is scheduled and if we have a lot of interfaces
we may hit the case that we'll queue a the same beacon hint
many times until its processed.
To avoid this do a lookup on the queued up beacon hints prior
to adding a new beacon hint. If the beacon hint is removed
from the pending reg beacon hint list then it would be processed
and we'd ensure all wiphys would have learned from it, if its
on the pending reg beacon list we'd now find it prior to it
being processed.
Tested-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of returning an error and filling a pointer
return the pointer and an ERR_PTR value in error cases.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This will allow making freq_reg_info() lock-free.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
To simplify the locking and not require cfg80211_mutex
(which nl80211 uses to access the global regdomain) and
also to make it possible for drivers to access their
wiphy->regd safely, use RCU to protect these pointers.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of assigning after calling the function do
it inside the function. This will later avoid a
period of time where the pointer is NULL.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The channel bandwidth handling isn't really quite right,
it assumes that a 40 MHz channel is really two 20 MHz
channels, which isn't strictly true. This is the way the
regulatory database handling is defined right now though
so remove the logic to handle other channel widths.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's a bug with the world regulatory domain, it
can be updated any time which is different from all
other regdomains that can only be updated once after
a request for them. Fix this by adding a check for
"processed" to the reg_is_valid_request() function
and clear that when doing a request.
While looking at this I also found another locking
bug, last_request is protected by the reg_mutex not
the cfg80211_mutex so the code in nl80211 is racy.
Remove that code as it only tries to prevent an
allocation in an error case, which isn't necessary.
Then the function can also become static and locking
in nl80211 can have a smaller scope.
Also change __set_regdom() to do the checks earlier
and not different for world/other regdomains.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() doesn't have to hold
the regulatory mutex as it only modifies the given
wiphy with the given regulatory domain, it doesn't
access any global regulatory data.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Many places that currently check that cfg80211_mutex
is held don't actually use any data protected by it.
The functions that need to hold the cfg80211_mutex
are the ones using the cfg80211_regdomain variable,
so add the lock assertion to those and clarify this
in the comments.
The reason for this is that nl80211 uses the regdom
without being able to hold reg_mutex.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The function itself has dual-purpose: it can
retrieve from a given regdomain or from the
globally installed one. Change it to have a
single purpose only: to look up from a given
regdomain. Pass the correct regdomain in the
freq_reg_info() function instead.
This also changes the locking rules for it,
no locking is required any more.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Even if it never happens and is hidden behind the
debug config option, it's completely useless: the
calltrace will only show module loading.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
toupper() only modifies lower-case letters, so
the isalpha() check is redundant; remove it.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use list_splice_tail_init() and also simplify the locking.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This code is a bit too BUG_ON happy, remove all
instances and while doing so make some code a bit
smarter by passing the right pointer instead of
indices into arrays.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This is pretty much useless since get_wiphy_idx()
always returns true since it's always called with
a valid wiphy pointer.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of treating special error codes specially,
like -EALREADY, introduce a real enum for all the
needed possibilities and use it.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It would be a major problem if anything were to run
concurrently while the module is being unloaded so
remove the locking that doesn't help anything.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Clean up various things like indentation, extra
parentheses, too many/few line breaks, etc.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no need to unlock before calling
queue_regulatory_request(), so simplify
the function.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no need to test whether a list is
empty or not before iterating.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use ERR_PTR/IS_ERR to return the result or errors,
also do some code cleanups.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As the dummy_rule (also renamed from irule) is only
used for output by the reg_rules_intersect() function
there's no need to clear it at all, remove that.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no need to allocate one reg rule more
than will be used, reduce the allocations. The
allocation in nl80211 already doesn't allocate
too much space.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When intersecting rules, we count first to know how many
rules need to be allocated, and then do the intersection
into the allocated array. However, the code doing this
writes past the end of the array because it attempts to
do all intersections. Make it stop when the right number
of rules has been reached.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is always enabled now, so remove the unused code that was
trying to be compiled out when this option was disabled, in the
networking core.
Cc: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For channels wider than 20 MHz OFDM will be used, so when
checking whether or not a channel is usable, check for the
no-OFDM flag if the channel is wider than 20 MHz.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Fix an error on mesh join when no channel has been
explicitly set beforehand.
Also remove a double semicolon.
Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco.porsch@etit.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When a BSS struct is updated, the IEs are currently
overwritten or freed. This can lead to races if some
other CPU is accessing the BSS struct and using the
IEs concurrently.
Fix this by always allocating the IEs in a new struct
that holds the data and length and protecting access
to this new struct with RCU.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The cmp_bss() comparator function uses memcmp() to
compare the SSID. This means that cmp_hidden_bss()
needs to similarly return a number bigger than zero
(use 1) instead of -1 when ie1 is bigger than ie2,
which is the case if an ie2 byte is non-zero.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no need to stop the machine, just leak
the BSS entry if there's an issue with its hold
counter when freeing.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There is a standalone if, seems to be a regression of commit
"nl80211/cfg80211: add VHT MCS support".
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The CQM TX-error rate/interval can't be less than
zero since they're unsigned values, remove checks.
Also fix indentation of the function.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If a driver supports P2P GO powersave, allow it to
set the new feature flags for it and allow userspace
to configure the parameters for it. This can be done
at GO startup and later changed with SET_BSS.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some of the chandef checking that we do in cfg80211
to check if a channel is supported or not is also
needed in mac80211, so rework that a bit and export
the functions that are needed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In some cases, e.g. probe_status, there were spaces
missing so the trace output was confusing. Also make
it more like mac80211 when printing netdevs/wiphys
to make reading a combined log easier.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add support for reporting and calculating VHT MCSes.
Note that I'm not completely sure that the bitrate
calculations are correct, nor that they can't be
simplified.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Change nl80211 to support specifying a VHT (or HT)
using the control channel frequency (as before) and
new attributes for the channel width and first and
second center frequency. The old channel type is of
course still supported for HT.
Also change the cfg80211 channel definition struct
to support these by adding the relevant fields to
it (and removing the _type field.)
This also adds new helper functions:
- cfg80211_chandef_create to create a channel def
struct given the control channel and channel type,
- cfg80211_chandef_identical to check if two channel
definitions are identical
- cfg80211_chandef_compatible to check if the given
channel definitions are compatible, and return the
wider of the two
This isn't entirely complete, but that doesn't matter
until we have a driver using it. In particular, it's
missing
- regulatory checks on the usable bandwidth (if that
even makes sense)
- regulatory TX power (database can't deal with it)
- a proper channel compatibility calculation for the
new channel types
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of passing a channel pointer and channel type
to all functions and driver methods, pass a new channel
definition struct. Right now, this struct contains just
the control channel and channel type, but for VHT this
will change.
Also, add a small inline cfg80211_get_chandef_type() so
that drivers don't need to use the _type field of the
new structure all the time, which will change.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As mwifiex (and mac80211 in the software case) are the
only drivers actually implementing remain-on-channel
with channel type, userspace can't be relying on it.
This is the case, as it's used only for P2P operations
right now.
Rather than adding a flag to tell userspace whether or
not it can actually rely on it, simplify all the code
by removing the ability to use different channel types.
Leave only the validation of the attribute, so that if
we extend it again later (with the needed capability
flag), it can't break userspace sending invalid data.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The function cfg80211_get_p2p_attr() can fail and returns
a negative error code. However, the return type is unsigned
int. The largest positive number is determined by desired_len
variable in the function, which is u16. So changing the return
type to int to allow easy error checking. Also change the type
for the attribute to enum for improved type checking.
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
[fix indentation, don't use u8 attr variable]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently, mac80211 checks the DS params IE if present and
uses it for the (primary) BSS channel, instead of the one
that the frame was received on. This is particularly useful
in the 2.4 GHz band since a frame is often received on one
of the adjacent channels due to overlap.
Move this code to cfg80211 so other drivers also do this.
Additionally, on 5 GHz, in particular with some (possibly)
upcoming changes in 802.11ai and duplicate transmissions
when wider channels are used, something similar happens.
So if present, also use the (primary) channel information
contained in the HT operation IE.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER command was previously used only for userspace
request for the kernel code to perform TDLS operations. However, there
are also cases where the driver may need to request operations from
userspace, e.g., when using security on the AP path. Add a new cfg80211
function for generating a TDLS operation event for drivers to request a
new link to be set up (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP) or an existing link to be
torn down (NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN). Drivers can optionally use these
events, e.g., based on noticing data traffic being sent to a peer
station that is seen with good signal strength.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no need to ask the user about lib80211
since it will be selected by drivers requiring
it, hide it from Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When in world roaming mode, allow 40 MHz to be used
on channels 12 and 13 so that an AP that is, e.g.,
using HT40+ on channel 9 (in the UK) can be used.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Eddie Chapman <eddie@ehuk.net>
Tested-by: Eddie Chapman <eddie@ehuk.net>
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The userspace may want to know what is the current ssid that a given
interface is using. This patch enables nl80211 to send the
NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute in nl80211_send_iface().
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Store the configured ssid in wdev->ssid when starting an AP
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Parsing the P2P attributes can be tricky as their
contents can be split across multiple (vendor) IEs.
Thus, it's not possible to parse them like IEs (by
returning a pointer to the data.) Instead, provide
a function that copies the attribute data into a
caller-provided buffer and returns the size needed
(useful in case the buffer was too small.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The commit:
commit 5e760230e4
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Date: Fri Nov 4 11:18:17 2011 +0100
cfg80211: allow registering to beacons
allowed only a single process to register for beacon events
per wiphy. This breaks cases where a user may want two or
more VIFs on a wiphy and run a seperate hostapd process on
each vif.
This patch allows multiple beacon listeners, fixing the
regression.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This command triggers a new callback: set_mcast_rate(). It enables
the user to change the rate used to send multicast frames for vif
configured as IBSS or MESH_POINT
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The TX power setting is currently per wiphy (hardware
device) but with multi-channel capabilities that doesn't
make much sense any more.
Allow drivers (and mac80211) to advertise support for
per-interface TX power configuration. When the TX power
is configured for the wiphy, the wdev will be NULL and
the driver can still handle that, but when a wdev is
given the TX power can be set only for that wdev now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Setting the wdev to NULL when the channel can't be
set for that interface type (to treat the channel
setting for the wiphy/monitor) currently works, but
is confusing in the code if netdev/wdev aren't both
set/unset in the same way. Move the check whether
the channel can be set to where it's needed so that
wdev and netdev are always both assigned or NULL.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
A number of places in the mesh code don't check that
the frame data is present and in the skb header when
trying to access. Add those checks and the necessary
pskb_may_pull() calls. This prevents accessing data
that doesn't actually exist.
To do this, export ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen() to be
able to use it in mac80211.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The mesh header can have address extension by a 4th
or a 5th and 6th address, but never both. Drop such
frames in 802.11 -> 802.3 conversion along with any
frames that have the wrong extension.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reviewed-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
These were missed due to the tracing work having
started on a kernel that didn't have P2P Device
yet, implement them now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
A few places touch chan->max_power based on updated tx power rules, but
forget to do the same to chan->max_reg_power.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
No driver initializes chan->max_antenna_gain to something sensible, and
the only place where it is being used right now is inside ath9k. This
leads to ath9k potentially using less tx power than it can use, which can
decrease performance/range in some rare cases.
Rather than going through every single driver, this patch initializes
chan->orig_mag in wiphy_register(), ignoring whatever value the driver
left in there. If a driver for some reason wishes to limit it independent
from regulatory rulesets, it can do so internally.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Also add tracing to the API functions that drivers
(and mac80211) can call in cfg80211.
Signed-off-by: Beni Lev <beni.lev@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add tracing to make debugging cfg80211/mac80211
(or full-mac driver) interaction easier.
Signed-off-by: Beni Lev <beni.lev@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Hila Gonen <hila.gonen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Hila Gonen <hila.gonen@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
[add a cast to int to sizeof() to avoid warning]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This will allow adding central tracing like in mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Hila Gonen <hila.gonen@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently, a user is allowed to choose a HT operating channel
with WEP when creating an IBSS network. WEP is not allowed
in HT configuration - this patch ensures that such requests
are denied.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add an NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH flag that causes old bss cache
entries to be flushed on scan completion. This is useful for
collecting guaranteed fresh scan/survey result (e.g. on resume).
For normal scan, flushing only happens on successful completion
of a scan; i.e. it does not happen if the scan is aborted.
For scheduled scan, previous scan results are flushed everytime
when we get new scan results.
This feature is enabled by default. Drivers can disable it by
unsetting the NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH flag.
Signed-off-by: Sam Leffler <sleffler@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
[invert polarity of feature flag to account for old kernels]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY flag support. It tells drivers
that this is a low priority scan request, so that they can take
necessary action.
Drivers need to advertise low priority scan capability during
registration.
Signed-off-by: Sam Leffler <sleffler@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
bss_release() and __cfg80211_unlink_bss() function definitions
are moved at the begining of the file. They are used in next
patch in this series.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a flags word to direct and scheduled scan requests; it will
be used for control of optional behaviours such as flushing the
bss cache prior to doing a scan.
Signed-off-by: Sam Leffler <sleffler@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
SAE extends Authentication frames with fields that are not information
elements. NL80211_ATTR_IE is not suitable for these, so introduce a new
attribute that can be used to specify the fields needed for SAE in
station mode.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
[change to verify that SAE is only used with authenticate command]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Avoid situation when we are on associate state in mac80211 and
on disassociate state in cfg80211. This can results on crash
during modules unload (like showed on this thread:
http://marc.info/?t=134373976300001&r=1&w=2) and possibly other
problems.
Reported-by: Pedro Francisco <pedrogfrancisco@gmail.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
John W. Linville says:
====================
Here is another batch of updates intended for 3.7...
Highlights include an hci_connect re-write in Bluetooth, HCI/LLC
layer separation in NFC, removal of the raw pn544 NFC driver, NFC LLCP
raw sockets support, improved IBSS auth frame handling in mac80211,
full-MAC AP mode notification support in mac80211, a lot of attention
paid to brcmfmac, and the usual level of updates to iwlwifi, ath9k,
mwifiex, and rt2x00, and various other updates.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/team/team.c
drivers/net/usb/qmi_wwan.c
net/batman-adv/bat_iv_ogm.c
net/ipv4/fib_frontend.c
net/ipv4/route.c
net/l2tp/l2tp_netlink.c
The team, fib_frontend, route, and l2tp_netlink conflicts were simply
overlapping changes.
qmi_wwan and bat_iv_ogm were of the "use HEAD" variety.
With help from Antonio Quartulli.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current regulatory code on cfg80211 performs a check to
see if a regulatory rule belongs to an IEEE band so that if
a Country IE is received and no rules are specified for a
band (which is allowed by IEEE) those bands are left intact.
The current band check assumes a rule is bound to a band
if the rule's start or end frequency is less than 2 GHz
apart from the center of frequency being inspected.
In order to support 60 GHz for 802.11ad we need to increase
this to account for the channel spacing of 2160 MHz whereby
a channel somewhere in the middle of a regulatory rule may
be more than 2 GHz apart from either the beginning or
end of the frequency rule.
Without a fix for this even though channels 1-3 are allowed world
wide on the rule (57240 - 63720 @ 2160), channel 2 at 60480 MHz
will end up getting disabled given that it is 3240 MHz from
both the frequency rule start and end frequency. Fix this by
using 2 GHz separation assumption for the 2.4 and 5 GHz bands
but for 60 GHz use a 10 GHz separation before assuming a rule
is not part of the band.
Since we have no 802.11ad drivers yet merged this change has
no impact to existing Linux upstream device drivers.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When call_crda() is called we kick off a witch hunt search
for the same regulatory domain on our internal regulatory
database and that work gets kicked off on a workqueue, this
is done while the cfg80211_mutex is held. If that workqueue
kicks off it will first lock reg_regdb_search_mutex and
later cfg80211_mutex but to ensure two CPUs will not contend
against cfg80211_mutex the right thing to do is to have the
reg_regdb_search() wait until the cfg80211_mutex is let go.
The lockdep report is pasted below.
cfg80211: Calling CRDA to update world regulatory domain
======================================================
[ INFO: possible circular locking dependency detected ]
3.3.8 #3 Tainted: G O
-------------------------------------------------------
kworker/0:1/235 is trying to acquire lock:
(cfg80211_mutex){+.+...}, at: [<816468a4>] set_regdom+0x78c/0x808 [cfg80211]
but task is already holding lock:
(reg_regdb_search_mutex){+.+...}, at: [<81646828>] set_regdom+0x710/0x808 [cfg80211]
which lock already depends on the new lock.
the existing dependency chain (in reverse order) is:
-> #2 (reg_regdb_search_mutex){+.+...}:
[<800a8384>] lock_acquire+0x60/0x88
[<802950a8>] mutex_lock_nested+0x54/0x31c
[<81645778>] is_world_regdom+0x9f8/0xc74 [cfg80211]
-> #1 (reg_mutex#2){+.+...}:
[<800a8384>] lock_acquire+0x60/0x88
[<802950a8>] mutex_lock_nested+0x54/0x31c
[<8164539c>] is_world_regdom+0x61c/0xc74 [cfg80211]
-> #0 (cfg80211_mutex){+.+...}:
[<800a77b8>] __lock_acquire+0x10d4/0x17bc
[<800a8384>] lock_acquire+0x60/0x88
[<802950a8>] mutex_lock_nested+0x54/0x31c
[<816468a4>] set_regdom+0x78c/0x808 [cfg80211]
other info that might help us debug this:
Chain exists of:
cfg80211_mutex --> reg_mutex#2 --> reg_regdb_search_mutex
Possible unsafe locking scenario:
CPU0 CPU1
---- ----
lock(reg_regdb_search_mutex);
lock(reg_mutex#2);
lock(reg_regdb_search_mutex);
lock(cfg80211_mutex);
*** DEADLOCK ***
3 locks held by kworker/0:1/235:
#0: (events){.+.+..}, at: [<80089a00>] process_one_work+0x230/0x460
#1: (reg_regdb_work){+.+...}, at: [<80089a00>] process_one_work+0x230/0x460
#2: (reg_regdb_search_mutex){+.+...}, at: [<81646828>] set_regdom+0x710/0x808 [cfg80211]
stack backtrace:
Call Trace:
[<80290fd4>] dump_stack+0x8/0x34
[<80291bc4>] print_circular_bug+0x2ac/0x2d8
[<800a77b8>] __lock_acquire+0x10d4/0x17bc
[<800a8384>] lock_acquire+0x60/0x88
[<802950a8>] mutex_lock_nested+0x54/0x31c
[<816468a4>] set_regdom+0x78c/0x808 [cfg80211]
Reported-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Tested-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In AP mode, when a station requests connection to an AP and if the
request is failed for particular reason, userspace is notified about the
failure through NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED command. Reason for the failure
is sent through the attribute NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON.
Signed-off-by: Pandiyarajan Pitchaimuthu <c_ppitch@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The only case where intersected_rd can become non NULL is within an if. All
paths from that if return, so the end chunk has therefore squawked its
last and is no more.
Signed-off-by: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It is a frequent mistake to confuse the netlink port identifier with a
process identifier. Try to reduce this confusion by renaming fields
that hold port identifiers portid instead of pid.
I have carefully avoided changing the structures exported to
userspace to avoid changing the userspace API.
I have successfully built an allyesconfig kernel with this change.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull in mac80211.git to let the next patch apply
without conflicts, also resolving a hwsim conflict.
Conflicts:
drivers/net/wireless/mac80211_hwsim.c
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The wext code checks is the event data is within size limits.
When this check fails a message is logged with violating size.
This patch adds the event id to put us on the right track for
resolving that violation.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Using list_move_tail() instead of list_del() + list_add_tail().
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
connkeys is malloced in nl80211_parse_connkeys() and should
be freed in the error handling case, otherwise it will cause
memory leak.
spatch with a semantic match is used to found this problem.
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In order to support using a different MAC address
for the P2P Device address we must first have a
P2P Device abstraction that can be assigned a MAC
address.
This abstraction will also be useful to support
offloading P2P operations to the device, e.g.
periodic listen for discoverability.
Currently, the driver is responsible for assigning
a MAC address to the P2P Device, but this could be
changed by allowing a MAC address to be given to
the NEW_INTERFACE command.
As it has no associated netdev, a P2P Device can
only be identified by its wdev identifier but the
previous patches allowed using the wdev identifier
in various APIs, e.g. remain-on-channel.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Define the A-MPDU status field in radiotap, also
update the radiotap parser for it and the MCS field
that was apparently missed last time.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
libertas currently calls cfg80211_disconnected() when it is being
brought down. This causes an event to be allocated, but since the
wdev is already removed from the rdev by the time that the event
processing work executes, the event is never processed or freed.
http://article.gmane.org/gmane.linux.kernel.wireless.general/95666
Fix this leak, and other possible situations, by processing the event
queue when a device is being unregistered. Thanks to Johannes Berg for
the suggestion.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Drake <dsd@laptop.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Restore the default state to the "beacon_found" flag when
the channel flags are restored. Otherwise, we can end up
with a channel that we can no longer transmit on even when
we can see beacons on that channel.
Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently the only way for wireless drivers to tell whether or not OFDM
is allowed on the current channel is to check the regulatory
information. However, this requires hodling cfg80211_mutex, which is not
visible to the drivers.
Other regulatory restrictions are provided as flags in the channel
definition, so let's do similarly with OFDM. This patch adds a new flag,
IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM, to tell drivers that OFDM on a channel is not
allowed. This flag is set on any channels for which regulatory indicates
that OFDM is prohibited.
Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Remove ah-hoc IE search code found in the ieee80211_bss_get_ie()
and use cfg80211_find_ie() instead.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
commit eccc068e8e
Author: Hong Wu <Hong.Wu@dspg.com>
Date: Wed Jan 11 20:33:39 2012 +0200
wireless: Save original maximum regulatory transmission power for the calucation of the local maximum transmit pow
changed the way we calculate chan->max_power as min(chan->max_power,
chan->max_reg_power). That broke rt2x00 (and perhaps some other
drivers) that do not set chan->max_power. It is not so easy to fix this
problem correctly in rt2x00.
According to commit eccc068e8 changelog, change claim only to save
maximum regulatory power - changing setting of chan->max_power was side
effect. This patch restore previous calculations of chan->max_power and
do not touch chan->max_reg_power.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.4+
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
should fix the following issue
[ 3229.815012] [ BUG: lock held when returning to user space! ]
[ 3229.815016] 3.5.0-rc7-wl #28 Tainted: G W O
[ 3229.815017]
------------------------------------------------
[ 3229.815019] wpa_supplicant/5783 is leaving the kernel with locks still held!
[ 3229.815022] 1 lock held by wpa_supplicant/5783:
[ 3229.815023] #0: (reg_mutex){+.+.+.}, at: [<fa65834d>]
reg_last_request_cell_base+0x1d/0x60 [cfg80211]
Cc: Luis Rodriguez <mcgrof@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Tested-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
regulatory_update() just calls wiphy_update_regulatory().
wiphy_update_regulatory() assumes you already have
the reg_mutex held so just move the call within locking
context and kill the superfluous regulatory_update().
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Now that we have wiphy_regulatory_register() we can
tuck away the core's regulatory_update() call there
and make it static.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This makes it clearer what we're doing. This now makes a bit
more sense given that regardless of the wiphy if the cell
base station hint feature is supported we will be modifying the
way the regulatory core behaves.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Cellular base stations can provide hints to cfg80211 about
where they think we are. This can be done for example on
a cell phone. To enable these hints we simply allow them
through as user regulatory hints but we allow userspace
to clasify the hint as either coming directly from the
user or coming from a cellular base station. This option
is only available when you enable
CONFIG_CFG80211_CERTIFICATION_ONUS.
The base station hints themselves will not be processed
by the core unless at least one device on the system
supports this feature.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This adds CONFIG_CFG80211_CERTIFICATION_ONUS which is to
be used for features / code which require a bit of work on
the system integrator's part to ensure that the system will
still pass 802.11 regulatory certification. This option is
also usable for researchers and experimenters looking to add
code in the kernel without impacting compliant code.
We'd use CONFIG_EXPERT alone but it seems that most standard
Linux distributions are enabling CONFIG_EXPERT already. This
allows us to define 802.11 specific kernel features under a
flag that is intended by design to be disabled by standard
Linux distributions, and only enabled by system integrators
or distributions that have done work to ensure regulatory
certification on the system with the enabled features.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
While adding regulatory support to ath6kl I noticed that I easily
got the regulatory code confused. The way to reproduce the bug was:
1. iw reg set FI (in userspace)
2. cfg80211 calls ath6kl_reg_notify(FI)
3. ath6kl sets regdomain in firmware
4. firmware sends regdomain event to notify about the new regdomain (FI)
5. ath6kl calls regulatory_hint(FI)
And this (from FI to FI transition) confuses cfg80211 and after that I
only get "Pending regulatory request, waiting for it to be
processed...." messages and regdomain changes won't work anymore.
The reason why ath6kl calls regulatory_hint() is that firmware can change
the regulatory domain by it's own, for example due to 11d IEs. I could
of course workaround this in ath6kl but I think it's better to handle
the case in cfg80211.
The fix is pretty simple, use a different error code if the regdomain is
same and then just set the request processed so that it doesn't block new
requests.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Let the user configure serveral TX error conection quality monitoring
parameters: % error rate, survey interval, and # of attempted packets.
On exceeding the TX failure rate over the given interval, the driver
will send a CQM notify event with the actual TX failure rate and
packets attempted.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <c_tpeder@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In one of my previous patches I erroneously
used nla_put_u32 for the wdev_id, fix that
to use nla_put_u64.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Revert commit b78e8ceac2
("cfg80211: track monitor channel") and remove the
set_monitor_enabled() callback.
Due to the tracking happening in NETDEV_PRE_UP, it had
introduced bugs because the monitor interface callback
would be called before the device was started. It looks
like there's no way to fix this, and using NETDEV_PRE_UP
is broken anyway (since there's no NETDEV_UP_FAIL), so
remove all that code, track interfaces in NETDEV_UP and
also stop tracking the monitor channel in cfg80211.
This mostly reverts to before the tracking, except that
we keep the interface count tracking so that setting the
monitor channel can be rejected properly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This essentially reverts commit 2e165b8184 but
introduces the get_channel operation with a new
wireless_dev argument so that you can retrieve
the channel per interface. This is necessary as
even though we can track all interface channels
(except monitor) we can't track the channel type
used.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It may be desirable to use WoWLAN without triggers to
keep the connection alive to the AP while suspended.
Allow this use by enabling WoWLAN without triggers if
no triggers were requested.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Without this change, running AP + station on the same wiphy
does not work since the commit "cfg80211: add channel checking
for iface combinations". The stopped AP prevents the client
from connecting to an AP on a different channel.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
[line-break commit message to < 72 chars]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
To call cfg80211_get_chan_state() we need to lock
the wdev, so we need to lock the wdev_iter mutex
in cfg80211_can_use_iftype_chan(). This needs to
use nested locking for lockdep.
Also, cfg80211_get_chan_state() doesn't actually
use the rdev, so remove that completely including
the lock assertion that isn't needed.
Reported-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The new P2P Device will have to be able to scan for
P2P search, so move scanning to use struct wireless_dev
instead of struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
After a new virtual interface is created, reply
to userspace with a message detailing it so it
knows the new wdev identifier.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In order to be able to create P2P Device wdevs, move
the virtual interface management over to wireless_dev
structures.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The management frame and remain-on-channel APIs will be
needed in the P2P device abstraction, so move them over
to the new wdev-based APIs. Userspace can still use both
the interface index and wdev identifier for them so it's
backward compatible, but for the P2P Device wdev it will
be able to use the wdev identifier only.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are a few places that iterate the wdev
list and assume wdev->netdev exists, check
there. The rfkill one has to be extended for
each non-netdev type later.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since soon there will be virtual interfaces that
don't have a netdev, use the wdev identifier for
the API to retrieve interface data.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some nl80211 callbacks will soon need the wdev instead
of the netdev, so add NL80211_FLAG_NEED_WDEV to allow
them to request that. Add NL80211_FLAG_NEED_WDEV_UP as
well which checks the netdev is UP if one exists.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In order to support a P2P device abstraction and
Bluetooth high-speed AMPs, we need to have a way
to identify virtual interfaces that don't have a
netdev associated.
Do this by adding a NL80211_ATTR_WDEV attribute
to identify a wdev which may or may not also be
a netdev.
To simplify things, use a 64-bit value with the
high 32 bits being the wiphy index for this new
wdev identifier in the nl80211 API.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Quick fix for method being invoked without checking its existence.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
60g band uses different from .11n MCS scheme, so bitrate
should be calculated differently
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Until now, a u16 value was used to represent bitrate value.
With VHT bitrates this becomes too small.
Introduce a new 32-bit bitrate attribute. nl80211 will report
both the new and the old attribute, unless the bitrate doesn't
fit into the old u16 attribute in which case only the new one
will be reported.
User space tools encouraged to prefer the 32-bit attribute, if
available (since it won't be available on older kernels.)
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
[reword commit message and comments a bit]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Michal's monitor channel tracking introduce a locking problem
as it locked the rdev lock inside the netdev notifier which
isn't allowed as we might already hold it if we get there by
removing an interface that is up.
Fix this by relying only on the RTNL to protect the interface
counters, the RTNL is always held in these code paths anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add regulatory rule for the 60g band
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add enumerations for both cfg80211 and nl80211.
This expands wiphy.bands etc. arrays.
Extend channel <-> frequency translation to cover 60g band
and modify the rate check logic since there are no legacy
mandatory rates (only MCS is used.)
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
devlist_mtx locking is changed to accomodate changes.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
.connect cannot be handled since the driver scans
and connects on its own. It is up to the driver
then to refuse a connection (with -EBUSY for
example).
Non-fixed channel IBSSes always take a single
channel resource. For example two non-fixed
channel IBSSes always take up 2
num_different_channels, even if they operate on
the same channel at a given point of time.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We do not need it anymore since cfg80211 tracks
monitor channel and monitor channel type.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Implements behaviour seen in mac80211. A running
monitor always has a channel - even before
.set_channel. This way we won't break current
behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Make it even more obvious we support single
monitor channel. This will allow us to remove
.get_channel.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Having .set_monitor_channel work with non-monitor
interfaces running would make interface
combinations accounting ambiguous.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Implements .set_monitor_enabled(wiphy, enabled).
Notifies driver upon change of interface layout.
If only monitor interfaces become present it is
called with 2nd argument being true. If
non-monitor interface appears then 2nd argument
is false. Driver is notified only upon change.
This makes it more obvious about the fact that
cfg80211 supports single monitor channel. Once we
implement multi-channel we don't want to allow
setting monitor channel while other interface
types are running. Otherwise it would be ambiguous
once we start considering num_different_channels.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Helper function for finding out which channel is
used by a given interface.
An exclusive channel can be used only by a single
interface. This is mainly for non-fixed channel
IBSS handling.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
IBSS may hop between channels. It is necessary to
account this special case when considering
interface combinations.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We need to know which channel is used by a running
AP and mesh for channel context accounting and
finding matching/active interface combination.
STA/IBSS have current_bss already which allows us
to check which channel a vif is tuned to.
Non-fixed channel IBSS can be handled with
additional changes.
Monitor mode is going to be handled differently.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We'll need this for proper channel tracking (which
is going to be needed for channel context
accounting and finding matching/active interface
combination).
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This functionality will be reused when interface
is going down. Avoids code duplication. Also adds
missing wdev locking.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Using NLMSG_GOODSIZE results in multiple pages being used as
nlmsg_new() will automatically add the size of the netlink
header to the payload thus exceeding the page limit.
NLMSG_DEFAULT_SIZE takes this into account.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Cc: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
Cc: Sergey Lapin <slapin@ossfans.org>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Lauro Ramos Venancio <lauro.venancio@openbossa.org>
Cc: Aloisio Almeida Jr <aloisio.almeida@openbossa.org>
Cc: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow drivers to advertise their VHT capabilities
and export them to userspace via nl80211.
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Palivela <maheshp@posedge.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When CONFIG_PM is disabled, no device can possibly
support WoWLAN since it can't go to sleep to start
with. Due to this, mac80211 had even rejected the
hardware registration. By making all the code and
data for WoWLAN depend on CONFIG_PM we can promote
this runtime error to a compile-time error.
Add #ifdef around all WoWLAN code to remove it in
systems that don't need it as they never suspend.
Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Support configuring an RSSI threshold in dBm (s32) when requesting
scheduled scan, below which a BSS won't be reported by the cfg80211
driver.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <c_tpeder@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit "cfg80211: provide channel to start_ap function" assumes that the
channel is always passed to the NL80211_CMD_START_AP command, however
in case of multi-BSSID, hostapd only passes the channel for the first vif.
This makes starting beaconing on secondary vifs fail with -EINVAL.
Fix this by storing the channel provided to .start_ap in wdev->preset_chan
and picking the first AP vif's channel for secondary vifs if not provided.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
To fix the testmode cross-namespace access problem,
use __cfg80211_rdev_from_attrs() to get the device
instead of open-coding similar functionality.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Change the function to __cfg80211_rdev_from_attrs
to take attributes instead of the info struct to
make it usable from dump callbacks for testmode.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are currently a few ways to "escape"
the network namespace and access a wiphy
that belongs to another namespace. Add a
netns argument to the relevant functions
to fix this.
One remaining issue with testmode will be
fixed in a follow-up patch.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As defined in section 13.10.9.3 Case D (802.11-2012), this
control variable is used to limit the mesh STA to send only
one PREQ to a root mesh STA within this interval of time
(in TUs). The default value for this variable is set to
2000 TUs. However, for current implementation, the maximum
configurable of dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval is
restricted by dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
[line-break commit log]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add the mesh configuration parameters dot11MeshHWMProotInterval
and dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout to be used by
proactive PREQ mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
[line-break commit log]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It should be NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID as
documented, not NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
fix the coding style related to mesh parameters, especially the indentation,
as pointed out by Johannes Berg.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Don't validate interface combinations on a stopped
interface. Otherwise we might end up being able to
create a new interface with a certain type, but
won't be able to change an existing interface
into that type.
This also skips some other functions when
interface is stopped and changing interface type.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The remain-on-channel time validation shouldn't
depend on the value of HZ, as it does now with
the check against jiffies, since then you might
use a value that works on one system but not on
another. Fix it by checking against a minimum
that's fixed.
Also add validation of the wait duration for a
management frame TX since this also translates
into remain-on-channel internally.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Now that we've removed all uses of the set_channel
API except for the monitor channel and in libertas,
clarify this. Split the libertas mesh use into a
new libertas_set_mesh_channel() operation, just to
keep backward compatibility, and rename the normal
set_channel() to set_monitor_channel().
Also describe the desired set_monitor_channel()
semantics more clearly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Just like the AP mode patch, instead of setting
the channel and then joining the mesh network,
provide the channel to join the network on to
the join_mesh() function.
Like in AP mode, you can also give the channel
to the join-mesh nl80211 command now.
Unlike AP mode, it picks a default channel if
none was given.
As libertas uses mesh mode interfaces but has
no join_mesh callback and we can't simply break
it, keep some compatibility code for that case
and configure the channel directly for it.
In the non-libertas case, where we store the
channel until join, allow setting it while the
interface is down.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If it worked (Felix says it doesn't right now), the
typical use-case for WDS interfaces would be to be
slaved to AP mode interfaces. Therefore, it isn't
necessary to set the channel on WDS interfaces. As
they don't support powersave or anything like that,
they also couldn't use a different channel anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of setting the channel first and then
starting the AP, let cfg80211 store the channel
and provide it as one of the AP settings.
This means that now you have to set the channel
before you can start an AP interface, but since
hostapd/wpa_supplicant always do that we're OK
with this change.
Alternatively, it's now possible to give the
channel as an attribute to the start-ap nl80211
command, overriding any preset channel.
Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Change cfg80211_can_beacon_sec_chan() to return true
if there is no secondary channel to simplify all the
current users of it. They all check the channel type
before calling the function because it returns false
if there's no secondary channel.
Also actually document the return value.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Almost all wireless tools have transitioned to
or at least added compatibility with nl80211 so
there's no real need for CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
any more. Mark it for removal, and also change
the default to not be enabled.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The only user of this was hal prior to its 0.5.12
release which happened over two years ago, so I'm
sure this can be removed without issues.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If a given interface combination doesn't contain
a required interface type then we missed checking
that and erroneously allowed it even though iface
type wasn't there at all. Add a check that makes
sure that all interface types are accounted for.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Reported-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
CFG80211_DEV_WARN_ON() at "net/wireless/ibss.c line 63"
is unnecessarily triggered even after successful connection,
when cfg80211_ibss_joined() is called by driver inside
.join_ibss handler.
This patch fixes the problem by changing 'sme_state' in ibss path
and having WARN_ON() check for 'sme_state' similar to infra
association.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There are four instances in nl80211 of getting the
channel type from the attribute and validating it,
refactor those.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It should return bool, not int. The function even
does return true/false.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We don't really want/need to maintain the old
station flags API any more, so refuse changes
to new (not yet defined) flags from the old
flags API.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
cfg80211_calculate_bitrate() doesn't work for MCS
rates 32 or higher, and it has always returned 0
in that case. Warn if it ever really happens.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
cfg80211_calculate_bitrate() is defined in the external
header file cfg80211.h now, so no need to keep it in
the internal one as well.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fixed some checkpatch warnings.
Signed-off-by: Cristian Chilipirea <cristian.chilipirea@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Standardize the net core ratelimited logging functions.
Coalesce formats, align arguments.
Change a printk then vprintk sequence to use printf extension %pV.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
spatch/coccinelle isn't perfect. It doesn't understand
__aligned(x) and doesn't convert functions it can't parse.
Convert the remaining compare_ether_addr uses.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the new bool function ether_addr_equal to add
some clarity and reduce the likelihood for misuse
of compare_ether_addr for sorting.
I removed a conversion from scan.c/cmp_bss_core
that appears to be a sorting function.
Done via cocci script:
$ cat compare_ether_addr.cocci
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- !compare_ether_addr(a, b)
+ ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- compare_ether_addr(a, b)
+ !ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- !ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0
+ ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- !ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0
+ !ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0
+ !ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0
+ ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- !!ether_addr_equal(a, b)
+ ether_addr_equal(a, b)
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces a new mesh configuration parameter "ht_opmode" and will
allow user to check the current HT protection mode selected. Users could
configure the protection mode by the command "iw mesh_iface set mesh_param
mesh_ht_protection_mode=2". The default protection mode of mesh is set to
non-HT mixed mode.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since the BSS table is organized in a RB tree, the BSSs need to be
comparable. This means that we must define a < and > operator to
the BSS object.
compare_ethr_addr isn't enough since it returns only a binary value.
Since Felix's
cfg80211: use compare_ether_addr on MAC addresses instead of memcmp
Because of the constant size and guaranteed 16 bit alignment, the inline
compare_ether_addr function is much cheaper than calling memcmp.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The BSS table is corrupted: rb_find_bss can't find the bss.
As a result BSSes are duplicated in the BSS table, and we get stuck
while probing an AP before associating (in STA mode).
Change-Id: I85928756f4328028230832c1565ece7f412f3843
CC: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fix merge between commit 3adadc08cc ("net ax25: Reorder ax25_exit to
remove races") and commit 0ca7a4c87d ("net ax25: Simplify and
cleanup the ax25 sysctl handling")
The former moved around the sysctl register/unregister calls, the
later simply removed them.
With help from Stephen Rothwell.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Legacy rates are not validated while configuring
tx rateset using iw. So below cmd is accepted by nl80211.
sudo iw wlan2 set bitrates legacy-2.4 1 2 3
Validate legacy rates and return
error if any rate in the rateset is not valid.
Signed-off-by: Bala Shanmugam <bkamatch@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The background scan completion takes more time when the station is
having heavy uplink traffic. The scan state machine decides to fall
back to home channel on every off-channel visit when there are pending
frames in tx queue. bgscan completion took ~30sec on dual band US
regulatory card.
scan period = (20 active channels * probe timeout) +
(12 passive channels * passive probe timeout) +
(32 * timeout on home channel) +
(32 * flush timeout)
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
My grand plan to allow drivers to gradually move over
to advertising virtual interface combinations and only
enforce with drivers that do want it enforced doesn't
seem to be working out, only Christian ever added the
advertising (to carl9170), nobody else did.
Begin enforcing combinations in cfg80211 so that users
can rely on the information reported about a device.
Cc: "Luis R. Rodriguez" <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Senthil Balasubramanian <senthilb@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@gmail.com>
Cc: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
Cc: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Cc: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Cc: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org>
Cc: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Cc: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Cc: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Cc: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Use of "unsigned int" is preferred to bare "unsigned" in net tree.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the current channel is known, add frequency and channel type to
NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE.
Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The firmware may decide to switch channels while already beaconing, e.g.
in response to a cfg80211 connect request on a different vif. Add this
event to notify userspace when an AP or GO interface has successfully
migrated to a new channel, so it can update its configuration
accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <c_tpeder@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In WoWLAN, we only get the triggers when we actually get
to suspend. As a consequence, drivers currently don't
know that the device should enable wakeup. However, the
device_set_wakeup_enable() API is intended to be called
when the wakeup is enabled, not later when needed.
Add a new set_wakeup() call to cfg80211 and mac80211 to
allow drivers to properly call device_set_wakeup_enable.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Report Toffset to userspace.
Let userspace select the mesh synchronization method.
Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco.porsch@s2005.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Pavel Zubarev <pavel.zubarev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
With the plan to change mac80211's queue API to
not map ACs to queues 1:1, it seems necessary to
clarify some APIs that act on ACs rather than on
queues to spell that out explicitly. Do this.
Also verify that the AC number given is valid.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Because of the constant size and guaranteed 16 bit alignment, the inline
compare_ether_addr function is much cheaper than calling memcmp.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Free extra as done in the error-handling code just above.
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The nl80211 handling code should ensure as much as
it can that the interface is in a valid state, it
can certainly ensure the interface is running.
Not doing so can cause calls through mac80211 into
the driver that result in warnings and unspecified
behaviour in the driver.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Merge batch of fixes from Andrew Morton:
"The simple_open() cleanup was held back while I wanted for laggards to
merge things.
I still need to send a few checkpoint/restore patches. I've been
wobbly about merging them because I'm wobbly about the overall
prospects for success of the project. But after speaking with Pavel
at the LSF conference, it sounds like they're further toward
completion than I feared - apparently davem is at the "has stopped
complaining" stage regarding the net changes. So I need to go back
and re-review those patchs and their (lengthy) discussion."
* emailed from Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>: (16 patches)
memcg swap: use mem_cgroup_uncharge_swap fix
backlight: add driver for DA9052/53 PMIC v1
C6X: use set_current_blocked() and block_sigmask()
MAINTAINERS: add entry for sparse checker
MAINTAINERS: fix REMOTEPROC F: typo
alpha: use set_current_blocked() and block_sigmask()
simple_open: automatically convert to simple_open()
scripts/coccinelle/api/simple_open.cocci: semantic patch for simple_open()
libfs: add simple_open()
hugetlbfs: remove unregister_filesystem() when initializing module
drivers/rtc/rtc-88pm860x.c: fix rtc irq enable callback
fs/xattr.c:setxattr(): improve handling of allocation failures
fs/xattr.c:listxattr(): fall back to vmalloc() if kmalloc() failed
fs/xattr.c: suppress page allocation failure warnings from sys_listxattr()
sysrq: use SEND_SIG_FORCED instead of force_sig()
proc: fix mount -t proc -o AAA
Many users of debugfs copy the implementation of default_open() when
they want to support a custom read/write function op. This leads to a
proliferation of the default_open() implementation across the entire
tree.
Now that the common implementation has been consolidated into libfs we
can replace all the users of this function with simple_open().
This replacement was done with the following semantic patch:
<smpl>
@ open @
identifier open_f != simple_open;
identifier i, f;
@@
-int open_f(struct inode *i, struct file *f)
-{
(
-if (i->i_private)
-f->private_data = i->i_private;
|
-f->private_data = i->i_private;
)
-return 0;
-}
@ has_open depends on open @
identifier fops;
identifier open.open_f;
@@
struct file_operations fops = {
...
-.open = open_f,
+.open = simple_open,
...
};
</smpl>
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: checkpatch fixes]
Signed-off-by: Stephen Boyd <sboyd@codeaurora.org>
Cc: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
These macros contain a hidden goto, and are thus extremely error
prone and make code hard to audit.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The station_info struct had demanded dBm signal values, but the
cfg80211 wireless extensions implementation was also accepting
"unspecified" (i.e. RSSI) unit values while the nl80211 code was
completely unaware of them. Resolve this by formally allowing the
"unspecified" units while making nl80211 ignore them.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
This is intended to be the timestamp sent by the
peer in the beacon/probe response, not any form
of host timestamp. Clarify the documentation and
variable names.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Receive background scan period as part of connect
command and pass the same to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Bala Shanmugam <bkamatch@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add the signal strength (in dBm only for now) to
frames that are received via nl80211's various
frame APIs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds an attribute, NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
to set the inactivity timeout which can be used to remove the
station in AP mode. This can be passed in NL80211_CMD_START_AP
and used by the drivers which have AP MLME in firmware but
don't support get_station() properly. To disable inactivity
timer in userspace, wpa_s for example, there is a new flag,
NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER, in nl80211_feature_flags
through which drivers can register their capability to use
the inactivity timeout to free the stations.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Mesh peer links are established only if average rssi of the peer
candidate satisfies the threshold. This is not in 802.11s specification
but was requested by David Fulgham, an open80211s user. This is a way to avoid
marginal peer links with stations that are barely within range.
This patch adds a new mesh configuration parameter, mesh_rssi_threshold. This
feature is supported only for hardwares that report signal in dBm.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In "cfg80211: no cookies in cfg80211_send_XXX()"
Holger Schurig removed the cookies in the calls
from mac80211 to cfg80211, but the ones in the
other direction were left in. Remove them now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The AP/GO mode API isn't very clearly defined, it
has "set beacon" and "new beacon" etc.
Modify the API to the following:
* start AP -- all settings
* change beacon -- new beacon data
* stop AP -- stop AP mode operation
This also reflects in the nl80211 API, rename
the commands there correspondingly (but keep
the old names for compatibility.)
Overall, this makes it much clearer what's going
on in the API.
Kalle developed the ath6kl changes, I created
the rest of the patch.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
"ridx" is used as an index into the mcs_mask[] array which has
IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN elements.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If the IBSS network is RSN-protected, let userspace authorize the stations
instead of adding them as AUTHORIZED by default.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is needed by mac80211 to keep a reference
to a BSS alive for the auth process. Remove the
old version of cfg80211_ref_bss() since it's
not actually used.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To track authenticated state seems to have been
a design mistake in cfg80211. It is possible to
have out of band authentication (FT), tracking
multiple authentications caused more problems
than it ever helped, and the implementation in
mac80211 is too complex.
Remove all this complexity, and let userspace
do whatever it wants to, mac80211 can deal with
that just fine. Association is still tracked of
course, but authentication no longer is. Local
auth state changes are thus no longer of value,
so ignore them completely.
This will also help implement SAE -- asking the
driver to do an authentication is now almost
equivalent to sending an authentication frame,
with the exception of shared key authentication
which is still handled completely.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow to set mcs masks through nl80211. We also allow to set MCS
rates but no legacy rates (and vice versa).
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
A mesh node that joins the mesh network is by default a forwarding entity. This patch allows
the mesh node to set as non-forwarding entity. Whenever dot11MeshForwarding is set to 0, the
mesh node can prevent itself from forwarding the traffic which is not destined to him.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It seems that -Wshadow is no longer default in
sparse runs, but let's fix the warnings anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The local maximum transmit power is the maximum power a wireless device
allowed to transmit. If Power Constraint is presented, the local maximum
power equals to the maximum allowed power defined in regulatory domain
minus power constraint.
The maximum transmit power is maximum power a wireless device capable of
transmitting, and should be used in Power Capability element (7.3.2.16
IEEE802.11 2007).
The transmit power from a wireless device should not greater than the
local maximum transmit power.
The maximum transmit power was not calculated correctly in the current
Linux wireless/mac80211 when Power Constraint is presented.
Signed-off-by: Hong Wu <hong.wu@dspg.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
My patch to validate station flags broke compatibility
with the old station flags setting where all flags are
always set at once since it always set the mask as all
possible flags which ended up being rejected later in
the station add/modify code.
Fix by parsing only the current flags in the old flags
attribute -- new applications and new flags should use
(and will now require) the new flags attribute where
the mask is given by the application.
Reported-and-tested-by: Thomas Hilber <ath9k-dev@toh.cx>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Wireless will select a different hardware queue based on the
top 3 bits of the diffserv field, for ipv4. Extend that queue
selection mechanism to ipv6, and make the calls orthogonal.
Signed-off-by: Dave Täht <dave.taht@bufferbloat.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Following the tradition we have had with ath5k, ath9k, CRDA,
wireless-regdb I'd like to license this code under the permissive ISC
license for the code sharing purposes with other OSes, it'd sure be nice
to help the landscape in this area. Although I am %82.89 owner of the
regulatory code I have asked every contributor to the regulatory code
and have receieved positive Acked-bys from everyone except two deceased
entities:
o Frans Pop RIP 2010 [0]
- Frans Pop <elendil@planet.nl>
- Frans Pop <fjp@debian.org>
o Nokia RIP February, 11, 2011 [1], [2]
- ext-yuri.ershov@nokia.com
- kalle.valo@nokia.com
Frans Pop's contribution was a simple patch 55f98938, titled,
"wireless: remove trailing space in messages" which just add a \n
to some printk lines. I'm going to treat these additions as
uncopyrightable.
As for the contributions made by employees on behalf of Nokia
my contact point was Petri Karhula <petri.karhula@nokia.com> but
after one month he noted he had not been able to get traction from the
legal department on this request, as such it I proceeded by replacing
their contributions in previous patches.
The end goal is to help a clean rewrite that starts in userspace
that is shared under ISC license which currently is taking place with
the regulatory simulator [3].
[0] http://lists.debian.org/debian-devel/2011/12/msg00263.html
[1] http://press.nokia.com/2011/02/11/nokia-outlines-new-strategy-introduces-new-leadership-operational-structure/
[2] http://NokiaPlanB.com
[3] git://github.com/mcgrof/regsim.git
Acked-by: Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo <cascardo@holoscopio.com>
Acked-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Mihai Moldovan <ionic@ionic.de>
Acked-by: Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
Acked-by: Sven Neumann <s.neumann@raumfeld.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Acked-by: Tony Vroon <tony@linx.net>
Acked-by: Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org>
Acked-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Acked-by: Lucas De Marchi <lucas.demarchi@profusion.mobi>
Acked-by: Pat Erley <pat-lkml@erley.org>
Acked-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org>
Acked-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Acked-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Acked-by: John Gordon <john@devicescape.com>
Acked-by: Simon Barber <protocolmagic@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@upir.cz>
Acked-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Acked-by: Scott James Remnant <keybuk@google.com>
Acked-by: Roel Kluin <roel.kluin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Nokia hasn't gotten back to me in over 1 month for a relicense
change request. There are only a few changes that they contributed,
so just reverting their changes but replacing with another set.
This change replaces this commit:
commit 269ac5fd2d
Author: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Date: Tue Dec 1 10:47:15 2009 +0200
cfg80211: indent regulatory messages with spaces
The regulatory messages in syslog look weird:
kernel: cfg80211: Regulatory domain: US
kernel: ^I(start_freq - end_freq @ bandwidth), (max_antenna_gain, max_eirp)
kernel: ^I(2402000 KHz - 2472000 KHz @ 40000 KHz), (600 mBi, 2700 mBm)
kernel: ^I(5170000 KHz - 5190000 KHz @ 40000 KHz), (600 mBi, 2300 mBm)
kernel: ^I(5190000 KHz - 5210000 KHz @ 40000 KHz), (600 mBi, 2300 mBm)
kernel: ^I(5210000 KHz - 5230000 KHz @ 40000 KHz), (600 mBi, 2300 mBm)
kernel: ^I(5230000 KHz - 5330000 KHz @ 40000 KHz), (600 mBi, 2300 mBm)
kernel: ^I(5735000 KHz - 5835000 KHz @ 40000 KHz), (600 mBi, 3000 mBm)
Indent them with four spaces instead of the tab character to get prettier
output.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Acked: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Petri Karhula <petri.karhula@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Nokia hasn't gotten back to me in over 1 month for a relicense
change request. There are only a few changes that they contributed,
so just reverting their changes but replacing with another set.
This change replaces this commit:
commit c4c322941c
Author: Yuri Ershov <ext-yuri.ershov@nokia.com>
Date: Tue Jun 29 15:08:08 2010 +0400
cfg80211: Update of regulatory request initiator handling
In some cases there could be possible dereferencing freed pointer. The
update is intended to avoid this issue.
Signed-off-by: Yuri Ershov <ext-yuri.ershov@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Petri Karhula <petri.karhula@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If station info contains a beacon loss count, return
it to userspace.
Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When we restore regulatory settings the world regulatory domain
is properly reset on cfg80211 (or user prefered regulatory domain)
but we were never setting back channel values for drivers that use
WIPHY_FLAG_CUSTOM_REGULATORY. Set these values up again by using
the orig_ channel parameters.
This fixes restoring custom regulatory settings upon disconnect
events.
Cc: compat@orbit-lab.org
Cc: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
Cc: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Senthilkumar Balasubramanian <senthilb@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
By definition WIPHY_FLAG_STRICT_REGULATORY was intended to allow the
wiphy to adjust itself to the country IE power information if the
card had no regulatory data but we had no way to tell cfg80211 that if
the card also had its own custom regulatory domain (these are typically
custom world regulatory domains) that we want to follow the country IE's
noted values for power for each channel. We add support for this and
document it.
This is not a critical fix but a performance optimization for cards
with custom regulatory domains that associate to an AP with sends
out country IEs with a higher EIRP than the one on the custom
regulatory domain. In practice the only driver affected right now
are the Atheros drivers as they are the only drivers using both
WIPHY_FLAG_STRICT_REGULATORY and WIPHY_FLAG_CUSTOM_REGULATORY --
used on cards that have an Atheros world regulatory domain. Cards
that have been programmed to follow a country specifically will not
follow the country IE power. So although not a stable fix distributions
should consider cherry picking this.
Cc: compat@orbit-lab.org
Cc: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
Cc: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Senthilkumar Balasubramanian <senthilb@qca.qualcomm.com>
Reported-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The nl80211 station handling code is a bit messy
and doesn't do a lot of validation. It seems like
this could be an issue for drivers that don't use
mac80211 to validate everything.
As cfg80211 doesn't keep station state, move the
validation of allowing supported_rates to change
for TDLS only in station mode to mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This was evidently missed in the TDLS patch (07ba55d7).
Cc: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
All nl80211 commands that need only the wiphy
still allow identifying it by giving an interface
index, except, as Kenny pointed out, the testmode
dump support.
Fix this by looking up the wiphy via the ifidx in
this case as well.
Tested-by: Kenny Hsu <kenny.hsu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Regulatory updates set by CORE are ignored for custom regulatory cards.
Let us notify the changes to the driver, as some drivers uses core hint
to restore its orig_* reg domain setting.
Cc: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It is quite possible to run into a race in bss timeout where
the drivers see the bss entry just before notifying cfg80211
of a roaming event but it got timed out by the time rdev->event_work
got scehduled from cfg80211_wq. This would result in the following
WARN-ON() along with the failure to notify the user space of
the roaming. The other situation which is happening with ath6kl
that runs into issue is when the driver reports roam to same AP
event where the AP bss entry already got expired. To fix this,
move cfg80211_get_bss() from __cfg80211_roamed() to cfg80211_roamed().
[158645.538384] WARNING: at net/wireless/sme.c:586
__cfg80211_roamed+0xc2/0x1b1()
[158645.538810] Call Trace:
[158645.538838] [<c1033527>] warn_slowpath_common+0x65/0x7a
[158645.538917] [<c14cfacf>] ? __cfg80211_roamed+0xc2/0x1b1
[158645.538946] [<c103354b>] warn_slowpath_null+0xf/0x13
[158645.539055] [<c14cfacf>] __cfg80211_roamed+0xc2/0x1b1
[158645.539086] [<c14beb5b>] cfg80211_process_rdev_events+0x153/0x1cc
[158645.539166] [<c14bd57b>] cfg80211_event_work+0x26/0x36
[158645.539195] [<c10482ae>] process_one_work+0x219/0x38b
[158645.539273] [<c14bd555>] ? wiphy_new+0x419/0x419
[158645.539301] [<c10486cb>] worker_thread+0xf6/0x1bf
[158645.539379] [<c10485d5>] ? rescuer_thread+0x1b5/0x1b5
[158645.539407] [<c104b3e2>] kthread+0x62/0x67
[158645.539484] [<c104b380>] ? __init_kthread_worker+0x42/0x42
[158645.539514] [<c151309a>] kernel_thread_helper+0x6/0xd
Reported-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This code has been on the list to remove for a long
time, so disable it by default, add a warning to its
Kconfig, and schedule it for removal in 3.5.
The only known dependency, hal, has not required it
since its 0.5.12 release, which was in early 2009
and hal has since been deprecated completely.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Prepare cfg80211 for IBSS HT:
* extend cfg80211 ibss struct with channel_type
* Check if extension channel can be used
* Export can_beacon_sec_chan for use in mac80211 (will be called
from ibss.c later).
Signed-off-by: Alexander Simon <an.alexsimon@googlemail.com>
[siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de: Updates]
* fix cfg80211_can_beacon_ext_chan comment
* remove implicit channel_type enum assumptions
* remove radar channel flags check
* add HT IBSS feature flag
* reword commit message
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Johannes' patch for "cfg80211: fix regulatory NULL dereference"
broke user regulaotry hints and it did not address the fact that
last_request was left populated even if the previous regulatory
hint was stale due to the wiphy disappearing.
Fix user reguluatory hints by only bailing out if for those
regulatory hints where a request_wiphy is expected. The stale last_request
considerations are addressed through the previous fixes on last_request
where we reset the last_request to a static world regdom request upon
reset_regdomains(). In this case though we further enhance the effect
by simply restoring reguluatory settings completely.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There is a theoretical race that if hit will trigger
a crash. The race is between when we issue the first
regulatory hint, regulatory_hint_core(), gets processed
by the workqueue and between when the first device
gets registered to the wireless core. This is not easy
to reproduce but it was easy to do so through the
regulatory simulator I have been working on. This
is a port of the fix I implemented there [1].
[1] a246ccf81f
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
As per 802.11mb 13.9.11.3
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch contains the configuration changes in nl80211/cfg80211.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
MAC addresses have a fixed length. The current
policy allows passing < ETH_ALEN bytes, which
might result in reading beyond the buffer.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
sparse reports:
net/wireless/util.c:499:30: error: cannot size expression
net/wireless/util.c:503:30: error: cannot size expression
This is evidently due to the EXPORT_SYMBOL() of the
bridge_tunnel_header and rfc1042 header variables.
Move them to the end of the file to work around the
sparse issue. The error itself from sparse can be
ignored safely, but since sparse stops parsing at
errors, other issues after this would go undetected.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This allows users to disable features such as HT, HT40,
and to modify the MCS, AMPDU, and AMSDU settings for
drivers that support it.
The MCS, AMPDU, and AMSDU features that may be disabled are
are reported in the phy-info netlink message as a mask.
Attemping to disable features that are not supported will
take no affect, but will not return errors. This is to aid
backwards compatibility in user-space apps that may not be
clever enough to deal with parsing the the capabilities mask.
This patch only enables the infrastructure. An additional
patch will enable the feature in mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
No other driver ever ended up using this, and
the commit forgot to move the prototype so no
driver could have used it. Revert it, if any
driver shows up and needs it it can be moved
again, but until then it's more efficient to
have it in mac80211 where the only user is.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
get_vlan() sets the output parameter even if it
returns an error, which is a bit odd. Instead,
convert it to use ERR_PTR.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently mac80211 implements these for all devices,
but given restrictions of some devices that isn't
really true, so prepare for being able to remove the
capability for some mac80211 devices.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
User space might want to test if driver supports testmode. Adding testmode
to the list of supported commands makes this easier.
I omitted testmode_dump() in purpose. I assume all drivers implementing
testmode_dump() will also implement testmode_cmd().
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This grants drivers access to the DFS region that a
regulatory domain belongs to.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The wireless-regdb now has support for mapping a country to
one DFS region. CRDA sends this to us now so process it
so we can provide that hint to drivers. This will later be
used by code for processing DFS in a way that meets the
criteria for the DFS region the country belongs to.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
By the time userspace returns with a response to
the regulatory domain request, the wiphy causing
the request might have gone away. If this is so,
reject the update but mark the request as having
been processed anyway.
Cc: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Pass probe-response data from usermode via beacon parameters.
Signed-off-by: Guy Eilam <guy@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Notify user-space about probe-response offloading support in the driver.
A wiphy flag is used to indicate support and a bitmap of protocols
determines which protocols are supported.
Signed-off-by: Guy Eilam <guy@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
John reported the following warning:
net/wireless/nl80211.c: In function ‘nl80211_tx_mgmt’:
net/wireless/nl80211.c:5286:8: warning: ‘hdr’ may be used uninitialized in this function
Evidently, his version of gcc isn't able to see that
when "msg" is initialized, "hdr" must also be. My
gcc, 4.6.1, can actually see that and doesn't warn.
Simply initialize the variable to NULL. That means
if the compiler was ever right we'll crash though so
isn't really optimal since it may hide warnings from
the compiler when somebody modifies this code in the
future.
Reported-by: John Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Just add API to get the channel & report it. Trivial really.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The problem with PSM when a hidden SSID was used was originally
reported by Juuso Oikarinen.
- When generally scanning, the AP is getting a bss entry with
a zero SSID.
- When associating, a probe-req is sent to the AP with the SSID,
and as a result a probe-response is received with the hidden
SSID in place. As a consequence, a second bss entry is created
for the AP, now with the real SSID.
- After association, mac80211 executes ieee80211_recalc_ps(),
but does not switch to powersave because the beacon-ies are missing.
As result, the STA does not ever enter PSM.
The patch merges in beacon ies of hidden bss from beacon to the probe
response, creating a consistent set of ies in place.
Patch is depended on "cfg80211: fix cmp_ies" made by Johannes.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Tarnyagin <dmitry.tarnyagin@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The new wifi socket TX capability should be
supported by wifi drivers, let them advertise
whether they do or not.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For probe responses it can be useful to not wait for ACK to
avoid retransmissions if the station that sent the probe is
already on the next channel, so allow userspace to request
not caring about the ACK with a new nl80211 flag.
Since mac80211 needs to be updated for the new function
prototype anyway implement it right away -- it's just a
few lines of code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The frames are used by AP/STA WDS mode, and hostapd
needs to know when such a frame was received to set
up the VLAN appropriately to allow using it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add the ability to register to received beacon frames
to allow implementing OLBC logic in userspace. The
registration is per wiphy since there's no point in
receiving the same frame multiple times.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the AP SME in hostapd is used it wants to
probe the clients when they have been idle for
some time. Add explicit API to support this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add the ability to advertise that the device
contains the AP SME and what features it can
support. There are currently no features in
the bitmap -- probe response offload will be
advertised by a few patches Arik is working
on now (who took over from Guy Eilam) and a
device with AP SME will typically implement
and require response offload.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To implement AP mode without monitor interfaces we
need to be able to send a deauth to stations that
send frames without being associated. Enable this
by adding a new nl80211 event for such frames that
an application can subscribe to.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
WPI-SMS4 uses 16-octet PN field, so we need to allow longer key
sequence values to be configured.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Commit 4d9d88d1 by Scott James Remnant <keybuk@google.com> added
the .uevent() callback for the regulatory device used during
the platform device registration. The change was done to account
for queuing up udev change requests through udevadm triggers.
The change also meant that upon regulatory core exit we will now
send a uevent() but the uevent() callback, reg_device_uevent(),
also accessed last_request. Right before commiting device suicide
we free'd last_request but never set it to NULL so
platform_device_unregister() would lead to bogus kernel paging
request. Fix this and also simply supress uevents right before
we commit suicide as they are pointless.
This fix is required for kernels >= v2.6.39
$ git describe --contains 4d9d88d1
v2.6.39-rc1~468^2~25^2^2~21
The impact of not having this present is that a bogus paging
access may occur (only read) upon cfg80211 unload time. You
may also get this BUG complaint below. Although Johannes
could not reproduce the issue this fix is theoretically correct.
mac80211_hwsim: unregister radios
mac80211_hwsim: closing netlink
BUG: unable to handle kernel paging request at ffff88001a06b5ab
IP: [<ffffffffa030df9a>] reg_device_uevent+0x1a/0x50 [cfg80211]
PGD 1836063 PUD 183a063 PMD 1ffcb067 PTE 1a06b160
Oops: 0000 [#1] PREEMPT SMP DEBUG_PAGEALLOC
CPU 0
Modules linked in: cfg80211(-) [last unloaded: mac80211]
Pid: 2279, comm: rmmod Tainted: G W 3.1.0-wl+ #663 Bochs Bochs
RIP: 0010:[<ffffffffa030df9a>] [<ffffffffa030df9a>] reg_device_uevent+0x1a/0x50 [cfg80211]
RSP: 0000:ffff88001c5f9d58 EFLAGS: 00010286
RAX: 0000000000000000 RBX: ffff88001d2eda88 RCX: ffff88001c7468fc
RDX: ffff88001a06b5a0 RSI: ffff88001c7467b0 RDI: ffff88001c7467b0
RBP: ffff88001c5f9d58 R08: 000000000000ffff R09: 000000000000ffff
R10: 0000000000000000 R11: 0000000000000001 R12: ffff88001c7467b0
R13: ffff88001d2eda78 R14: ffffffff8164a840 R15: 0000000000000001
FS: 00007f8a91d8a6e0(0000) GS:ffff88001fc00000(0000) knlGS:0000000000000000
CS: 0010 DS: 0000 ES: 0000 CR0: 000000008005003b
CR2: ffff88001a06b5ab CR3: 000000001c62e000 CR4: 00000000000006f0
DR0: 0000000000000000 DR1: 0000000000000000 DR2: 0000000000000000
DR3: 0000000000000000 DR6: 00000000ffff0ff0 DR7: 0000000000000400
Process rmmod (pid: 2279, threadinfo ffff88001c5f8000, task ffff88000023c780)
Stack:
ffff88001c5f9d98 ffffffff812ff7e5 ffffffff8176ab3d ffff88001c7468c2
000000000000ffff ffff88001d2eda88 ffff88001c7467b0 ffff880000114820
ffff88001c5f9e38 ffffffff81241dc7 ffff88001c5f9db8 ffffffff81040189
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff812ff7e5>] dev_uevent+0xc5/0x170
[<ffffffff81241dc7>] kobject_uevent_env+0x1f7/0x490
[<ffffffff81040189>] ? sub_preempt_count+0x29/0x60
[<ffffffff814cab1a>] ? _raw_spin_unlock_irqrestore+0x4a/0x90
[<ffffffff81305307>] ? devres_release_all+0x27/0x60
[<ffffffff8124206b>] kobject_uevent+0xb/0x10
[<ffffffff812fee27>] device_del+0x157/0x1b0
[<ffffffff8130377d>] platform_device_del+0x1d/0x90
[<ffffffff81303b76>] platform_device_unregister+0x16/0x30
[<ffffffffa030fffd>] regulatory_exit+0x5d/0x180 [cfg80211]
[<ffffffffa032bec3>] cfg80211_exit+0x2b/0x45 [cfg80211]
[<ffffffff8109a84c>] sys_delete_module+0x16c/0x220
[<ffffffff8108a23e>] ? trace_hardirqs_on_caller+0x7e/0x120
[<ffffffff814cba02>] system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x1b
Code: <all your base are belong to me>
RIP [<ffffffffa030df9a>] reg_device_uevent+0x1a/0x50 [cfg80211]
RSP <ffff88001c5f9d58>
CR2: ffff88001a06b5ab
---[ end trace 147c5099a411e8c0 ]---
Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Scott James Remnant <keybuk@google.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
genlmsg_end() cannot fail, it just returns the length
of the message. Thus, error handling for it is useless.
While removing it, I also noticed a useless variable
and removed this it as well.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When comparing two items by IE, the sort order
wasn't stable, which could lead to issues in the
rbtree. Make it stable by making a missing IE
sort before a present IE.
Also sort by length first if it differs and then
by contents.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In other modes the parameters should not be set.
Right now, mac80211 will set them, even if the
user asked for setting them on VLANs which the
driver doesn't know about, causing all kinds of
trouble.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since the NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY attribute is
used as a struct, it needs a minimum, not maximum
length. Enforce that properly. Not doing so could
potentially lead to reading after the buffer.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
These files are non modular, but need to export symbols using
the macros now living in export.h -- call out the include so
that things won't break when we remove the implicit presence
of module.h from everywhere.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
These files were getting access to these two via the implicit
presence of module.h everywhere. They aren't modules, so they
don't need the full module.h inclusion though.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Reuse the already existing struct nl80211_sta_flag_update to specify
both, a flag mask and the flag set itself. This means
nl80211_sta_flag_update is now used for setting station flags and also
for getting station flags.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Mark the STA entries of enabled TDLS peers with a new "peer authorized"
flag.
During link setup, allow special TDLS setup frames through the AP, but
otherwise drop all packets destined to the peer. This is required by the
TDLS (802.11z) specification in order to prevent reordering of MSDUs
between the AP and direct paths.
When setup completes and the peer is authorized, send data directly,
bypassing the AP.
In the Rx path, allow data to be received directly from TDLS peers.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When adding a TDLS peer STA, mark it with a new flag in both nl80211 and
mac80211. Before adding a peer, make sure the wiphy supports TDLS and
our operating mode is appropriate (managed).
In addition, make sure all peers are removed on disassociation.
A TDLS peer is first added just before link setup is initiated. In later
setup stages we have more info about peer supported rates, capabilities,
etc. This info is reported via nl80211_set_station().
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add support for sending high-level TDLS commands and TDLS frames via
NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER and NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT, respectively. Add
appropriate cfg80211 callbacks for lower level drivers.
Add wiphy capability flags for TDLS support and advertise them via
nl80211.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently, when hostapd sets the station as authorized
we also overwrite its uAPSD parameter. This obviously
leads to buggy behaviour (later, with my patches that
actually add uAPSD support). To fix this, only apply
those parameters if they were actually set in nl80211,
and to achieve that add a bitmap of things to apply.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Correct flag usage - use it as a bit index instead of a bit value.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
tx params are currently configured per hw, although they
should be configured per interface.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a new nl80211 attribute to specify whether to send the management
frames in CCK rate or not. As of now the wpa_supplicant is disabling
CCK rate at P2P init itself. So this patch helps to send P2P probe
request/probe response/action frames being sent at non CCK rate in 2GHz
without disabling 11b rates.
This attribute is used with NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands to disable CCK rate for management frame
transmission.
Cc: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of using a hardcoded list of cipher suites in nl80211.c, use a
shared function in util.c to verify that the driver advertises support
for the specified cipher. This provides more accurate validation of the
values and allows vendor-specific cipher suites to be added in drivers.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES can be used to configure new AKMs, like FT or
the SHA-256 -based AKMs or FT from 802.11r/802.11w. In addition, vendor
specific AKMs could be used. The current validation code for the connect
command prevents cfg80211-based drivers from using these mechanisms even
if the driver would not actually use this AKM value (i.e., it uses
WPA/RSN IE from user space). mac80211-based drivers allow any AKM to be
used since this value is not used there.
Remove the unnecessary validation step in cfg80211 to allow drivers to
decide what AKMs are supported. In theory, we could handle this by
advertising supported AKMs, but that would not be very effective unless
we enforce all drivers (including mac80211) to advertise the set of
supported AKMs. This would require additional changes in many places
whenever a new AKM is introduced even though no actually functionality
changes may be required in most drivers.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Incorrect variable was used in validating the akm_suites array from
NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES. In addition, there was no explicit
validation of the array length (we only have room for
NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES).
This can result in a buffer write overflow for stack variables with
arbitrary data from user space. The nl80211 commands using the affected
functionality require GENL_ADMIN_PERM, so this is only exposed to admin
users.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
cfg80211_conn_scan allows disabled channels at scan request.
Hence probe request was seen at the disabled one. This patch
ensures that disabled channel never be added into the scan
request's channel list.
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the driver (or most likely firmware) decides which AP to use
for roaming based on internal scan result processing, user space
needs to be notified of PMKSA caching candidates to allow RSN
pre-authentication to be used.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The IBSS BSSID is never validated, so an
invalid one might end up being used. Fix
this by rejecting invalid configuration.
Reported-by: Marek Lindner <lindner_marek@yahoo.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add function to find vendor-specific ie (along with
vendor-specific ie struct definition and P2P OUI values)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The scan request received from cfg80211_connect do not
have proper rate mast. So the probe request sent on each
channel do not have proper the supported rates ie.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
During the association, the regulatory is updated by country IE
that reaps the previously found beacons. The impact is that
after a STA disconnects *or* when for any reason a regulatory
domain change happens the beacon hint flag is not cleared
therefore preventing future beacon hints to be learned.
This is important as a regulatory domain change or a restore
of regulatory settings would set back the passive scan and no-ibss
flags on the channel. This is the right place to do this given that
it covers any regulatory domain change.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Reviewed-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The format is intended to be like the subfields
in the QoS Info field, verify that is the case.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Reorder functions to remove the need for a forward declaration
introduced by the last commit.
Signed-off-by: Sven Neumann <s.neumann@raumfeld.com>
Cc: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@gmail.com>
Cc: Daniel Mack <daniel@zonque.org>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The function wiphy_update_regulatory() uses the static variable
last_request and thus needs to be called with reg_mutex held.
This is the case for all users in reg.c, but the function was
exported for use by wiphy_register(), from where it is called
without the lock being held.
Fix this by making wiphy_update_regulatory() private and introducing
regulatory_update() as a wrapper that acquires and holds the lock.
Signed-off-by: Sven Neumann <s.neumann@raumfeld.com>
Cc: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@gmail.com>
Cc: Daniel Mack <daniel@zonque.org>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Two spaces and the second "KHz" suggest that the code author meant to
print the bandwidth but forgot it. The code appears in commit e702d3cf
already with two spaces and "KHz" in place of the bandwidth.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org>
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Introduce filtering for scheduled scans to reduce the number of
unnecessary results (which cause useless wake-ups).
Add a new nested attribute where sets of parameters to be matched can
be passed when starting a scheduled scan. Only scan results that
match any of the sets will be returned.
At this point, the set consists of a single parameter, an SSID. This
can be easily extended in the future to support more complex matches.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
add WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD flag to indicate uapsd support on
AP mode.
Advertise it to userspace by including a new
NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD attribute.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Removing unnecessary messages saves code and text.
Site specific OOM messages are duplications of a generic MM
out of memory message and aren't really useful, so just
delete them.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the rssi of the current AP drops, both wpa_supplicant and the
firmware may do a background scan to find a better AP and try to
associate. Since firmware based roaming is faster, inform
wpa_supplicant to avoid roaming and let the firmware decide to
roam if necessary.
For fullmac drivers like ath6kl, it is just enough to provide the
ESSID and the firmware will decide on the BSSID. Since it is not
possible to do pre-auth during roaming for fullmac drivers, the
wpa_supplicant needs to completely disconnect with the old AP and
reconnect with the new AP. This consumes lot of time and it is
better to leave the roaming decision to the firmware.
Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <nataraja@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add new NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME nested attribute that contains
wme params needed by the low-level driver (uapsd_queues and
max_sp).
Add these params to the station_parameters struct as well.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow userspace to set NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS attribute,
which will advertise this mesh node as being a mesh gate.
NL80211_HWMP_ROOTMODE must be set or this will do nothing.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow userspace to set Root Announcement Interval for our mesh
interface. Also, RANN interval is now in proper units of TUs.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This fix allows userspace to mark a meshif as a root node.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch updates the mesh peering frames to the format specified in
the recently ratified 802.11s standard. Several changes took place to
make this happen:
- Change RX path to handle new self-protected frames
- Add new Peering management IE
- Remove old Peer Link IE
- Remove old plink_action field in ieee80211_mgmt header
These changes by themselves would either break peering, or work by
coincidence, so squash them all into this patch.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON command is, in practice, requesting AP mode
operations to be started. Add new attributes to provide extra IEs
(e.g., WPS IE, P2P IE) for drivers that build Beacon, Probe Response,
and (Re)Association Response frames internally (likely in firmware).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This removes need from drivers to parse the beacon tail/head data
to figure out what crypto settings are to be used in AP mode in case
the Beacon and Probe Response frames are fully constructed in the
driver/firmware.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This makes it easier for drivers that generate Beacon and Probe Response
frames internally (in firmware most likely) in AP mode.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Moving the parsing logic for retrieving the information elements
stored in management frames, e.g. beacons or probe responses,
and making it available to other cfg80211 drivers.
Signed-off-by: Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a comment pointing out the use of enum station_info_flags for
all new struct station_info fields. In addition, memset the sinfo
buffer to zero before use on all paths in the current tree to avoid
leaving uninitialized pointers in the data.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
mac80211 leaves sinfo->assoc_req_ies uninitialized, causing a random
pointer memory access in nl80211_send_station.
Instead of checking if the pointer is null, use sinfo->filled, like
the rest of the fields.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When user space SME/MLME (e.g., hostapd) is not used in AP mode, the
IEs from the (Re)Association Request frame that was processed in
firmware need to be made available for user space (e.g., RSN IE for
hostapd). Allow this to be done with cfg80211_new_sta().
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Drivers that support frame transmission with mgmt_tx() may not support
driver-based offchannel TX. Use mgmt_tx_cancel_wait instead of mgmt_tx
when figuring out whether to indicate support for this with
NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Several uses were missing terminating newlines.
Typo fix and macro neatening.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
A lot of code is dedicated to giving drivers the
ability to use cfg80211's wext handlers without
completely converting. However, only orinoco is
currently using this, and it is only partially
using it.
We reduce the size of both the source and binary
by removing those that nobody needs. If a driver
shows up that needs it during conversion, we can
add back those that are needed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
A lot of drivers erroneously use wext constants
and don't notice since cfg80211.h includes them.
Make this more split up so drivers needing wext
compatibility from cfg80211 need to explicitly
include that from cfg80211-wext.h.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The test is off by one so we'd read past the end of the
wiphy->bands[] array on the next line.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Just a typo fix changing regulaotry to regulatory.
Signed-off-by: Mihai Moldovan <ionic@ionic.de>
CC: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
CC: Mohammed Shafi <shafi.wireless@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
At the beginning of wiphy_update_regulatory() a check is performed
whether the request is to be ignored. Then the request is sent to
the driver nevertheless. This happens even if last_request points
to NULL, leading to a crash in the driver:
[<bf01d864>] (lbs_set_11d_domain_info+0x28/0x1e4 [libertas]) from [<c03b714c>] (wiphy_update_regulatory+0x4d0/0x4f4)
[<c03b714c>] (wiphy_update_regulatory+0x4d0/0x4f4) from [<c03b4008>] (wiphy_register+0x354/0x420)
[<c03b4008>] (wiphy_register+0x354/0x420) from [<bf01b17c>] (lbs_cfg_register+0x80/0x164 [libertas])
[<bf01b17c>] (lbs_cfg_register+0x80/0x164 [libertas]) from [<bf020e64>] (lbs_start_card+0x20/0x88 [libertas])
[<bf020e64>] (lbs_start_card+0x20/0x88 [libertas]) from [<bf02cbd8>] (if_sdio_probe+0x898/0x9c0 [libertas_sdio])
Fix this by returning early. Also remove the out: label as it is
not any longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Sven Neumann <s.neumann@raumfeld.com>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Daniel Mack <daniel@zonque.org>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
commit 58389c69150e6032504dfcd3edca6b1975c8b5bc
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Date: Mon Jul 18 18:08:35 2011 +0200
cfg80211: allow userspace to control supported rates in scan
made single-band cards crash since it would always
access all wiphy->bands[]. Fix this and reject any
attempts in the new helper ieee80211_get_ratemask()
to do the same, rejecting rates configuration for
unsupported bands.
Reported-by: Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org>
Tested-by: Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
cfg80211_netdev_notifier_call() is configuring psm in case
of NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION interface type (on NETDEV_UP).
do the same for NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT interface type.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some P2P scans are not allowed to advertise
11b rates, but that is a rather special case
so instead of having that, allow userspace
to request the rate sets (per band) that are
advertised in scan probe request frames.
Since it's needed in two places now, factor
out some common code parsing a rate array.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some chips may support different lengths of user-supplied IEs with a
single scheduled scan command than with a single normal scan command.
To support this, this patch creates a separate hardware description
element that describes the maximum size of user-supplied information
element data supported in scheduled scans.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some chips can scan more SSIDs with a single scheduled scan command
than with a single normal scan command (eg. wl12xx chips).
To support this, this patch creates a separate hardware description
element that describes the amount of SSIDs supported in scheduled
scans.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since we now have the necessary API in place to support
GTK rekeying, applications will need to know whether it
is supported by a device. Add a pseudo-trigger that is
used only to advertise that capability. Also, add some
new triggers that match what iwlagn devices can do.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If we try to stop a scheduled scan while it is not running, we should
return -ENOENT instead of simply ignoring the command and returning
success. This is more consistent with other parts of the code.
Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In certain circumstances, like WoWLAN scenarios,
devices may implement (partial) GTK rekeying on
the device to avoid waking up the host for it.
In order to successfully go through GTK rekeying,
the KEK, KCK and the replay counter are required.
Add API to let the supplicant hand the parameters
to the driver which may store it for future GTK
rekey operations.
Note that, of course, if GTK rekeying is done by
the device, the EAP frame must not be passed up
to userspace, instead a rekey event needs to be
sent to let userspace update its replay counter.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If the 'driver_initiated' function argument to
__cfg80211_stop_sched_scan() is not 0 then we'll return an
uninitialized 'err' from the function.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Juhl <jj@chaosbits.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There was a deadlock when rfkill-blocking a wireless interface,
because we were locking the rdev mutex on NETDEV_GOING_DOWN to stop
sched_scans that were eventually running. The rfkill block code was
already holding a mutex under rdev:
kernel: =======================================================
kernel: [ INFO: possible circular locking dependency detected ]
kernel: 3.0.0-rc1-00049-g1fa7b6a #57
kernel: -------------------------------------------------------
kernel: kworker/0:1/4525 is trying to acquire lock:
kernel: (&rdev->mtx){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff8164c831>] cfg80211_netdev_notifier_call+0x131/0x5b0
kernel:
kernel: but task is already holding lock:
kernel: (&rdev->devlist_mtx){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff8164dcef>] cfg80211_rfkill_set_block+0x4f/0xa0
kernel:
kernel: which lock already depends on the new lock.
To fix this, add a new mutex specifically for sched_scan, to protect
the sched_scan_req element in the rdev struct, instead of using the
global rdev mutex.
Reported-by: Duane Griffin <duaneg@dghda.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Sometimes when reporting a MIC failure rx->key may be unset. This
code path is hit when receiving a packet meant for a multicast
address, and decryption is performed in HW.
Fortunately, the failing key_idx is not used for anything up to
(and including) usermode, so we allow ourselves to drop it on the
way up when a key cannot be retrieved.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Use the new consistent dump feature from (generic) netlink
to advertise when dumps are incomplete.
Readers may note that this does not initialize the
rdev->bss_generation counter to a non-zero value. This is
still OK since the value is modified only under spinlock
when the list is modified. Since the dump code holds the
spinlock, the value will either be > 0 already, or the
list will still be empty in which case a consistent dump
will actually be made (and be empty).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Downsteram DEAUTH messages do not refer to a current authentication
attempt -- AUTH responses do. Therefore we should not allow DEAUTH
from an AP to void state for an AUTH attempt in progress.
Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When one of the SSID's length passed in a scan or sched_scan request
is larger than 255, there will be an overflow in the u8 that is used
to store the length before checking. This causes the check to fail
and we overrun the buffer when copying the SSID.
Fix this by checking the nl80211 attribute length before copying it to
the struct.
This is a follow up for the previous commit
208c72f4fe, which didn't fix the problem
entirely.
Reported-by: Ido Yariv <ido@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The channel survey information will be empy for
disabled channels so simply discard those entries.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds dump support to testmode. The testmode
dump support in nl80211 requires using two of the
six cb->args, the rest can be used by the driver
to figure out where the dump position is at or to
store other data across invocations.
Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Commit 0a35d36 ("cfg80211: Use capability info to detect mesh beacons")
assumed that probe response with both ESS and IBSS bits cleared
means that the frame was sent by a mesh sta.
However, these capabilities are also being used in the p2p_find phase,
and the mesh-validation broke it.
Rename the WLAN_CAPABILITY_IS_MBSS macro, and verify that mesh ies
exist before assuming this frame was sent by a mesh sta.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In both trigger_scan and sched_scan operations, we were checking for
the SSID length before assigning the value correctly. Since the
memory was just kzalloc'ed, the check was always failing and SSID with
over 32 characters were allowed to go through.
This was causing a buffer overflow when copying the actual SSID to the
proper place.
This bug has been there since 2.6.29-rc4.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some stack variables (name *ssid and *channel) are only used to define
the size of the memory block that needs to be allocated for the
request structure in the nl80211_trigger_scan() and
nl80211_start_sched_scan() functions.
This is unnecessary because the sizes of the actual elements in the
structure can be used instead.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
cfg80211 scan code adds separate BSS entries if the same BSS shows up
on multiple channels. However, sme implementation does not use the
frequency when fetching the BSS entry. Fix this by adding channel
information to cfg80211_roamed() and include it in cfg80211_get_bss()
calls.
Please note that drivers using cfg80211_roamed() need to be modified to
fully implement this fix. This commit includes only minimal changes to
avoid compilation issues; it maintains the old (broken) behavior for
most drivers. ath6kl was the only one that I could test, so I updated
it to provide the operating frequency in the roamed event.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently the devices that have already stripped IEEE 802.11
header from the AMSDU SKB can not use ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s
routine. This patch enhances ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s() API by
changing mandatory removing of IEEE 802.11 header from AMSDU
to optional.
Signed-off-by: Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
These definitions need to be exposed now that we can set the peer link
states via NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE. They were already being
(opaquely) reported by NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add the ability to advertise interface combinations in nl80211.
This allows the driver to indicate what the combinations are
that it supports. "Combinations" of just a single interface are
implicit, as previously. Note that cfg80211 will enforce that
the restrictions are met, but not for all drivers yet (once all
drivers are updated, we can remove the flag and enforce for all).
When no combinations are actually supported, an empty list will
be exported so that userspace can know if the kernel exported
this info or not (although it isn't clear to me what tools using
the info should do if the kernel didn't export it).
Since some interface types are purely virtual/software and don't
fit the restrictions, those are exposed in a new list of pure SW
types, not subject to restrictions. This mainly exists to handle
AP-VLAN and monitor interfaces in mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When sched_scan_stopped was called by the driver, mac80211 calls
cfg80211, which in turn was calling mac80211 back with a flag
"driver_initiated". This flag was used so that mac80211 would do the
necessary cleanup but would not call the driver. This was enough to
prevent the bounce back between the driver and mac80211, but not
between mac80211 and cfg80211.
To fix this, we now do the cleanup in mac80211 before calling
cfg80211. To help with locking issues, the workqueue was moved from
cfg80211 to mac80211.
Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Multiple virtual AP interfaces can currently try
to use different beacon intervals, but that just
leads to problems since it won't actually be done
that way by drivers. Return an error in this case
to make sure it won't be done wrong.
Also, ignore attempts to change the DTIM period
or beacon interval during the lifetime of the BSS.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Introduce NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL as a required attribute for
NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. This value informs the driver at which
intervals the scheduled scan cycles should be executed.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Implement new functionality for scheduled scan offload. With this feature we
can scan automatically at certain intervals.
The idea is that the hardware can perform scan automatically and filter on
desired results without waking up the host unnecessarily.
Add NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN
commands to the nl80211 interface. When results are available they are
reported by NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS events. The userspace is
informed when the scheduled scan has stopped with a
NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED event, which can be triggered either by
the driver or by a call to NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is necessary for userspace managed stations.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Mesh beacons no longer use all-zeroes BSSID. Beacon frames for MBSS,
infrastructure BSS, or IBSS are differentiated by the Capability
Information field in the Beacon frame. A mesh STA sets the ESS and IBSS
subfields to 0 in transmitted Beacon or Probe Response management
frames.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Introduce a new configuration option to support AMPE from userspace.
Prior to this series we only supported authentication in userspace: an
authentication daemon would authenticate peer candidates in userspace
and hand them over to the kernel. From that point the mesh stack would
take over and establish a peer link (Mesh Peering Management).
These patches introduce support for Authenticated Mesh Peering Exchange
in userspace. The userspace daemon implements the AMPE protocol and on
successfull completion create mesh peers and install encryption keys.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
These warnings are exposed by gcc 4.6.
net/wireless/reg.c: In function 'freq_reg_info_regd':
net/wireless/reg.c:675:38: warning: variable 'pr' set but not used
[-Wunused-but-set-variable]
net/wireless/lib80211_crypt_wep.c: In function 'lib80211_wep_build_iv':
net/wireless/lib80211_crypt_wep.c:99:12: warning: variable 'len' set but
not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is based on (but now quite far from) the
original work from Luis and Eliad. Add support
for configuring WoWLAN triggers, and getting
the configuration out again. Changes from the
original patchset are too numerous to list,
but one important change needs highlighting:
the suspend() callback is passed NULL for the
trigger configuration if userspace has not
configured WoWLAN at all.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Commit dbd2fd656f added a mechanism for
user space to indicate whether a default key is being configured for
only unicast or only multicast frames instead of all frames. This
commit added a driver capability flag for indicating whether separate
default keys are supported and validation of the set_key command based
on that capability.
However, this single capability flag is not enough to cover possible
difference based on mode (AP/IBSS/STA) and the way this change was
introduced resulted in a regression with drivers that do not indicate
the new capability (i.e.., more or less any non-mac80211 driver using
cfg80211) when using a recent wpa_supplicant snapshot.
Fix the regression by removing the new check which is not strictly
speaking needed. The new separate default key functionality is needed
only for RSN IBSS which has a separate capability indication.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The patch "cfg80211: add a timer for invalid user reg hints"
introduced a regression for the case where a secondary identical
regulatory hint from a user is sent. What would happen is the
second hint would schedule delayed work in to catch a timeout
but since we are never processing it given that the hint was already
applied we'd always hit the timeout and and restore regulatory
settings back to world regulatory domain. This is fixed by simply
avoiding sheduling work if the hint was already applied.
Tested-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Reported-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently mac80211 uses ieee80211_disable_40mhz_24ghz module
parameter to allow disabling 40MHz operation in the 2.4GHz band.
Move this handling from mac80211 to cfg80211 so that the feature
will be more generic.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add station connected time in debugfs. This will be helpful to get a
measure of stability of the connection and for debugging stress issues
Cc: Senthilkumar Balasubramanian <Senthilkumar.Balasubramanian@Atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mshajakhan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Notify userspace when a beacon/presp is received from a suitable mesh
peer candidate for whom no sta information exists. Userspace can then
decide to create a sta info for the candidate. If userspace is not
ready to authenticate the peer right away, it can create the sta info
with the authenticated flag unset and set it later.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Modify the NEW_STATION command to accept PLINK_ACTIONS, in case
userspace wants to create stations and initiate a peer link right away
(for authenticated stations) or create a blocked station (for
debugging).
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
During mesh setup, use NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag to create
a secure mesh and route management frames to userspace.
Also, NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY now returns a flag NL80211_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH
if the wiphy's mesh implementation supports routing of mesh auth frames
to userspace. This is useful for forward compatibility between old
kernels and new userspace tools.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE. This reflects our ability to insert any ie
into a mesh beacon, not simply path selection ies.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We have no other option but to inform userspace that we
have queued up their regulatory hint request when we are
given one given that nl80211 operates atomically on user
requests. The best we can do is accept the request, and
add a delayed work item for processing failure and cancel it
if we succeeed. Upon failure we restore the regulatory
settings and ignore the user input.
This fixes this reported bug:
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=28112
Reported-by: gregoryx.alagnou@intel.com
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When we restore regulatory settings its possible CRDA
will not reply because of a bogus user entry. In this
case the bogus entry will prevent any further processing
on cfg80211 for regulatory domains even if we restore
regulatory settings.
To prevent this we suck out all pending requests when
restoring regulatory settings and add them back into the
queue after we have queued up the reset work.
The impact of not having this applied is that a user
with privileges can issue a userspace regulatory hint
while we are disasocciating and this would prevent any
further processing of regulatory domains.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This allows user-space monitoring of BSS parameters for the associated
station. This is useful for debugging and verifying that the paramaters
are as expected.
[Exactly the same as before but bundled into a single message]
Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Indicate an NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION event when a station entry in
mac80211 is deleted to match with the NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION event
that is used when the entry was added. This is needed, e.g., to allow
user space to remove a peer from RSN IBSS Authenticator state machine
to avoid re-authentication and re-keying delays when the peer is not
reachable anymore.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds to the fix "fix BSS double-unlinking"
(commit 3207390a8b) by Johannes Berg.
It turns out, that the double-unlinking scenario can also occur if expired
BSS elements are removed whilst an interface is performing association.
To work around that, replace list_del with list_del_init also in the
"cfg80211_bss_expire" function, so that the check for whether the BSS still is
in the list works correctly in cfg80211_unlink_bss.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In cfg80211_inform_bss_frame() wiphy is first dereferenced on privsz
initialisation and then it is checked for NULL. This patch fixes that.
Signed-off-by: Mariusz Kozlowski <mk@lab.zgora.pl>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Regulatory devices issue change uevents to inform userspace of a need
to call the crda tool; however these can often be sent before udevd is
running, and were not previously included in the results of
udevadm trigger (which requests a new change event using the /uevent
attribute of the sysfs object).
Add a uevent function to the device type which includes the COUNTRY
information from the last request if it has yet to be processed, the
case of multiple requests is already handled in the code by checking
whether an unprocessed one is queued in the same manner and refusing
to queue a new one.
The existing udev rule continues to work as before.
Signed-off-by: Scott James Remnant <keybuk@google.com>
Acked-By: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org>
Acked-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Also fix a typo in the STATION_INFO_TX_BITRATE description
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently cfg80211 only configures the PSM state to the driver upon creation
of a new virtual interface, but not after interface type change. The mac80211
on the other hand reinitializes its sdata structure every time the interface
type is changed, losing the PSM configuration.
Hence, if the interface type is changed to, say, ad-hoc and then back to
managed, "iw wlan0 get power_save" will claim that PSM is enabled, when in
fact on mac80211 level it is not.
Fix this in cfg80211 by configuring the PSM state to the driver each time
the interface is brought up instead of just when the interface is created.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
genlmsg_cancel subtracts some constants from its second argument before
calling nlmsg_cancel. nlmsg_cancel then calls nlmsg_trim on the same
arguments. nlmsg_trim tests for NULL before doing any computation, but a
NULL second argument to genlmsg_cancel is no longer NULL due to the initial
subtraction. Nothing else happens in this execution, so the call to
genlmsg_cancel is simply unnecessary in this case.
The semantic match that finds this problem is as follows:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
expression data;
@@
if (data == NULL) { ...
* genlmsg_cancel(..., data);
...
return ...;
}
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <julia@diku.dk>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some vendor specific cipher suites require non-zero key indexes for pairwise
keys, but as of currently, the cfg80211 does not allow it.
As validating they cipher parameters for vendor specific cipher suites is the
job of the driver or hardware/firmware, change the cfg80211 to allow also
non-zero pairwise key indexes for vendor specific ciphers.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Extend channel to frequency mapping for 802.11j Japan 4.9GHz band, according to
IEEE802.11 section 17.3.8.3.2 and Annex J. Because there are now overlapping
channel numbers in the 2GHz and 5GHz band we can't map from channel to
frequency without knowing the band. This is no problem as in most contexts we
know the band. In places where we don't know the band (and WEXT compatibility)
we assume the 2GHz band for channels below 14.
This patch does not implement all channel to frequency mappings defined in
802.11, it's just an extension for 802.11j 20MHz channels. 5MHz and 10MHz
channels as well as 802.11y channels have been omitted.
The following drivers have been updated to reflect the API changes:
iwl-3945, iwl-agn, iwmc3200wifi, libertas, mwl8k, rt2x00, wl1251, wl12xx.
The drivers have been compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: Brian Prodoehl <bprodoehl@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The meaning of CONFIG_EMBEDDED has long since been obsoleted; the option
is used to configure any non-standard kernel with a much larger scope than
only small devices.
This patch renames the option to CONFIG_EXPERT in init/Kconfig and fixes
references to the option throughout the kernel. A new CONFIG_EMBEDDED
option is added that automatically selects CONFIG_EXPERT when enabled and
can be used in the future to isolate options that should only be
considered for embedded systems (RISC architectures, SLOB, etc).
Calling the option "EXPERT" more accurately represents its intention: only
expert users who understand the impact of the configuration changes they
are making should enable it.
Reviewed-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Acked-by: David Woodhouse <david.woodhouse@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Greg KH <gregkh@suse.de>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
Cc: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: Robin Holt <holt@sgi.com>
Cc: <linux-arch@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Fixes the misplaced article in the following:
"cfg80211: Updating information on frequency 5785 MHz for
20 a MHz width channel with regulatory rule:"
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Export the information which antennas are available for configuration as TX or
RX antennas via nl80211.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
As has been pointed out by Daniel Halperin some devices (e.g. Intel IWL5100)
can only TX from a subset of RX antennas, so use separate availability masks
for RX and TX.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Let path selection frames for protocols other than HWMP be sent to
userspace via NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME. Also allow userspace to send
and receive mesh path selection frames.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Userspace will now be allowed to toggle between the default path
selection algorithm (HWMP, implemented in the kernel), and a vendor
specific alternative. Also in the same patch, allow userspace to add
information elements to mesh beacons. This is accordance with the
Extensible Path Selection Framework specified in version 7.0 of the
802.11s draft.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Mesh parameters can be to setup a mesh or to configure it.
This patch renames the ambiguous name mesh_params to mesh_config
in preparation for mesh_setup.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a new notification to indicate that a received, unprotected
Deauthentication or Disassociation frame was dropped due to
management frame protection being in use. This notification is
needed to allow user space (e.g., wpa_supplicant) to implement
SA Query procedure to recover from association state mismatch
between an AP and STA.
This is needed to avoid getting stuck in non-working state when MFP
(IEEE 802.11w) is used and a protected Deauthentication or
Disassociation frame is dropped for any reason. After that, the
station would silently discard any unprotected Deauthentication or
Disassociation frame that could be indicating that the AP does not
have association for the STA (when the Reason Code would be 6 or 7).
IEEE Std 802.11w-2009, 11.13 describes this recovery mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
With the upcoming hardware offload implementation,
some devices will have a different maximum duration
for the remain-on-channel command. Advertise the
maximum duration in mac80211, and make mac80211 set
it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow userspace to specify that a given key
is default only for unicast and/or multicast
transmissions. Only WEP keys are for both,
WPA/RSN keys set here are GTKs for multicast
only. For more future flexibility, allow to
specify all combiations.
Wireless extensions can only set both so use
nl80211; WEP keys (connect keys) must be set
as default for both (but 802.1X WEP is still
possible).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When a cached BSS struct is updated because a new beacon was received,
the code replaces the cached information elements by the IEs from the
new beacon. However it did not update the pub.information_elements
and pub.len_information_elements fields leaving them either pointing
to the old beacon IEs or in an inconsistent state where the data is
replaced by the new beacon IEs but len_information_elements still has
its value from the first beacon.
Fix this by updating the information elements fields if they are
pointing to beacon IEs.
Signed-off-by: Sven Neumann <s.neumann@raumfeld.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a field to wiphy for the hardware to report the availble antennas for
configuration. Only if this is set to something bigger than zero, will the
anntenna configuration ops be executed.
Allthough this could be a simple number of antennas, I defined it as a bitmap
of antennas which are available for configuration, since it's more consistent
with the rest of the antenna API and there could be cases where the
hardware allows only configuration of certain antennas. As it does not make
much of a difference in size or normal usage, I think it's better to be able to
support this, in case the need arises.
The antenna configuration is now also checked against the availabe antennas and
rejected if it does not match.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
--
v3: always apply available antenna mask (for "all" antennas case).
v2: reject antenna configurations which don't match the available antennas
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a new BSS attribute to allow hostapd to set the current HT opmode.
Otherwise drivers won't be able to set up protection for HT rates in
AP mode.
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Extend nl80211 to report an exponential weighted moving average (EWMA) of the
signal value. Since the signal value usually fluctuates between different
packets, an average can be more useful than the value of the last packet.
This uses the recently added generic EWMA library function.
--
v2: fix ABI breakage and change factor to be a power of 2.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of tying mesh activity to interface up,
add join and leave commands for mesh. Since we
must be backward compatible, let cfg80211 handle
joining a mesh if a mesh ID was pre-configured
when the device goes up.
Note that this therefore must modify mac80211 as
well since mac80211 needs to lose the logic to
start the mesh on interface up.
We now allow querying mesh parameters before the
mesh is connected, which simply returns defaults.
Setting them (internally renamed to "update") is
only allowed while connected. Specify them with
the new mesh join command instead where needed.
In mac80211, beaconing must now also follow the
mesh enabled/not enabled state, which is done
by testing the mesh ID.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
I'm going to need this in a new place later.
Tested-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
cfg80211 used to do all its bookkeeping in
the notifier, but some new stuff will have
to use local variables so make the callback
return the netdev pointer.
Tested-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The TTL in path selection information elements is different from
the mesh ttl used in mesh data frames. Version 7.03 of the 11s
draft calls this ttl 'Element TTL'.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
With p2p, it is sometimes necessary to transmit
a frame (typically an action frame) on another
channel than the current channel. Enable this
through the CMD_FRAME API, and allow it to wait
for a response. A new command allows that wait
to be aborted.
However, allow userspace to specify whether or
not it wants to allow off-channel TX, it may
actually want to use the same channel only.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds the ability for drivers to use CQM events
to notify about packet loss for specific stations
(which could be the AP for the managed mode case).
Since the threshold might be determined by the
driver (it isn't passed in right now) it will be
passed out of the driver to userspace in the event.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
- store the multicast rate as an index instead of the rate value
(reduces cpu overhead in a hotpath)
- validate the rate values (must match a bitrate in at least one sband)
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
No change in output for pr_<level> prefixes.
netdev_<level> output is different, arguably improved.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When two cards are connected with the same regulatory domain
if CRDA had a delayed response then cfg80211's own set regulatory
domain would still be the world regulatory domain. There was a bug
on cfg80211's logic such that it assumed that once you pegged a
request as the last request it was already the currently set
regulatory domain. This would mean we would race setting a stale
regulatory domain to secondary cards which had the same regulatory
domain since the alpha2 would match.
We fix this by processing each regulatory request atomically,
and only move on to the next one once we get it fully processed.
In the case CRDA is not present we will simply world roam.
This issue is only present when you have a slow system and the
CRDA processing is delayed. Because of this it is not a known
regression.
Without this fix when a delay is present with CRDA the second card
would end up with an intersected regulatory domain and not allow it
to use the channels it really is designed for. When two cards with
two different regulatory domains were inserted you'd end up
rejecting the second card's regulatory domain request.
This fails with mac80211_hswim's regtest=2 (two requests, same alpha2)
and regtest=3 (two requests, different alpha2) module parameter
options.
This was reproduced and tested against mac80211_hwsim using this
CRDA delayer:
#!/bin/bash
echo $COUNTRY >> /tmp/log
sleep 2
/sbin/crda.orig
And these regulatory tests:
modprobe mac80211_hwsim regtest=2
modprobe mac80211_hwsim regtest=3
Reported-by: Mark Mentovai <mark@moxienet.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Tested-by: Mark Mentovai <mark@moxienet.com>
Tested-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This will be required in the next patch and it makes the
next patch easier to review.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Tested-by: Mark Mentovai <mark@moxienet.com>
Tested-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
These will be used earlier in the next few patches.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Tested-by: Mark Mentovai <mark@moxienet.com>
Tested-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This will simplify the synchronization for pending requests.
Without this we have a race between the core and when we
restore regulatory settings, although this is unlikely
its best to just avoid that race altogether.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Tested-by: Mark Mentovai <mark@moxienet.com>
Tested-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Extend nl80211 to report an exponential weighted moving average (EWMA) of the
signal value. Since the signal value usually fluctuates between different
packets, an average can be more useful than the value of the last packet.
This uses the recently added generic EWMA library function.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This follows wireless-testing 9236d838c9
("cfg80211: fix extension channel checks to initiate communication") and
fixes accidental case fall-through. Without this fix, HT40 is entirely
blocked.
Signed-off-by: Mark Mentovai <mark@moxienet.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow setting of TX and RX antennas configuration via nl80211.
The antenna configuration is defined as a bitmap of allowed antennas to use.
This API can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should not
be used for other reasons like regulatory concerns or special setups.
Separate bitmaps are used for RX and TX to allow configuring different antennas
for receiving and transmitting. Each bitmap is 32 bit long, each bit
representing one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first bit. If an
antenna bit is set, this means the driver is allowed to use this antenna for RX
or TX respectively; if the bit is not set the hardware is not allowed to use
this antenna.
Using bitmaps has the benefit of allowing for a flexible configuration
interface which can support many different configurations and which can be used
for 802.11n as well as non-802.11n devices. Instead of relying on some hardware
specific assumptions, drivers can use this information to know which antennas
are actually attached to the system and derive their capabilities based on
that.
802.11n devices should enable or disable chains, based on which antennas are
present (If all antennas belonging to a particular chain are disabled, the
entire chain should be disabled). HT capabilities (like STBC, TX Beamforming,
Antenna selection) should be calculated based on the available chains after
applying the antenna masks. Should a 802.11n device have diversity antennas
attached to one of their chains, diversity can be enabled or disabled based on
the antenna information.
Non-802.11n drivers can use the antenna masks to select RX and TX antennas and
to enable or disable antenna diversity.
While covering chainmasks for 802.11n and the standard "legacy" modes "fixed
antenna 1", "fixed antenna 2" and "diversity" this API also allows more rare,
but useful configurations as follows:
1) Send on antenna 1, receive on antenna 2 (or vice versa). This can be used to
have a low gain antenna for TX in order to keep within the regulatory
constraints and a high gain antenna for RX in order to receive weaker signals
("speak softly, but listen harder"). This can be useful for building long-shot
outdoor links. Another usage of this setup is having a low-noise pre-amplifier
on antenna 1 and a power amplifier on the other antenna. This way transmit
noise is mostly kept out of the low noise receive channel.
(This would be bitmaps: tx 1 rx 2).
2) Another similar setup is: Use RX diversity on both antennas, but always send
on antenna 1. Again that would allow us to benefit from a higher gain RX
antenna, while staying within the legal limits.
(This would be: tx 0 rx 3).
3) And finally there can be special experimental setups in research and
development even with pre 802.11n hardware where more than 2 antennas are
available. It's good to keep the API simple, yet flexible.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
--
v7: Made bitmasks 32 bit wide and rebased to latest wireless-testing.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When operating in a mode that initiates communication and using
HT40 we should fail if we cannot use both primary and secondary
channels to initiate communication. Our current ht40 allowmap
only covers STA mode of operation, for beaconing modes we need
a check on the fly as the mode of operation is dynamic and
there other flags other than disable which we should read
to check if we can initiate communication.
Do not allow for initiating communication if our secondary HT40
channel has is either disabled, has a passive scan flag, a
no-ibss flag or is a radar channel. Userspace now has similar
checks but this is also needed in-kernel.
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Everyone's doing it, its the cool thing.
Cc: Easwar Krishnan <easwar.krishnan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In the worst case you are seeing really odd things you want
more information than what is provided right now, for those
that insist and want debug info through CONFIG_CFG80211_REG_DEBUG
provide a print of when we are processing a channel and with what
regulatory rule.
Cc: Easwar Krishnan <easwar.krishnan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Senthil Balasubramanian <senthilkumar@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Easwar Krishnan <easwar.krishnan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This can help with debugging issues. You will only see
these with CONFIG_CFG80211_REG_DEBUG enabled.
Cc: Easwar Krishnan <easwar.krishnan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Senthil Balasubramanian <senthilkumar@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
After a module loads you will have loaded the world roaming regulatory
domain or a custom regulatory domain. Further regulatory hints are
welcomed and should be respected unless the regulatory hint is coming
from a country IE as the IEEE spec allows for a country IE to be a subset
of what is allowed by the local regulatory agencies.
So disable all channels that do not fit a regulatory domain sent
from a unless the hint is from a country IE and the country IE had
no information about the band we are currently processing.
This fixes a few regulatory issues, for example for drivers that depend
on CRDA and had no 5 GHz freqencies allowed were not properly disabling
5 GHz at all, furthermore it also allows users to restrict devices
further as was intended.
If you recieve a country IE upon association we will also disable the
channels that are not allowed if the country IE had at least one
channel on the respective band we are procesing.
This was the original intention behind this design but it was
completely overlooked...
Cc: David Quan <david.quan@atheros.com>
Cc: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
cc: Easwar Krishnan <easwar.krishnan@atheros.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We should be enabling country IE hints for WIPHY_FLAG_STRICT_REGULATORY
even if we haven't yet recieved regulatory domain hint for the driver
if it needed one. Without this Country IEs are not passed on to drivers
that have set WIPHY_FLAG_STRICT_REGULATORY, today this is just all
Atheros chipset drivers: ath5k, ath9k, ar9170, carl9170.
This was part of the original design, however it was completely
overlooked...
Cc: Easwar Krishnan <easwar.krishnan@atheros.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is required later.
Cc: Easwar Krishnan <easwar.krishnan@atheros.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
IS_ERR and PTR_ERR were called with the wrong pointer, leading to a
crash when cfg80211_get_dev_from_ifindex fails.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The patch 4f366c5:
wireless: only use alpha2 regulatory information from country IE
removed some complex intersection we were always doing between the AP's
country IE info and what we got from CRDA. When CRDA sent us back a
regulatory domain we would do some sanity checks on that regulatory
domain response we just got. Part of these sanity checks included
checking that we already had performed an intersection for the
request of NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE type.
This mean that cfg80211 was only processing country IEs for cases
where we already had an intersection, but since we removed enforcing
this this is no longer required, we should just apply the country
IE country hint with the data received from CRDA.
This patch has fixes intended for kernels >= 2.6.36.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Reported-by: Easwar Krishnan <easwar.krishnan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next-2.6: (1699 commits)
bnx2/bnx2x: Unsupported Ethtool operations should return -EINVAL.
vlan: Calling vlan_hwaccel_do_receive() is always valid.
tproxy: use the interface primary IP address as a default value for --on-ip
tproxy: added IPv6 support to the socket match
cxgb3: function namespace cleanup
tproxy: added IPv6 support to the TPROXY target
tproxy: added IPv6 socket lookup function to nf_tproxy_core
be2net: Changes to use only priority codes allowed by f/w
tproxy: allow non-local binds of IPv6 sockets if IP_TRANSPARENT is enabled
tproxy: added tproxy sockopt interface in the IPV6 layer
tproxy: added udp6_lib_lookup function
tproxy: added const specifiers to udp lookup functions
tproxy: split off ipv6 defragmentation to a separate module
l2tp: small cleanup
nf_nat: restrict ICMP translation for embedded header
can: mcp251x: fix generation of error frames
can: mcp251x: fix endless loop in interrupt handler if CANINTF_MERRF is set
can-raw: add msg_flags to distinguish local traffic
9p: client code cleanup
rds: make local functions/variables static
...
Fix up conflicts in net/core/dev.c, drivers/net/pcmcia/smc91c92_cs.c and
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/debug.c as per David
* 'llseek' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/arnd/bkl:
vfs: make no_llseek the default
vfs: don't use BKL in default_llseek
llseek: automatically add .llseek fop
libfs: use generic_file_llseek for simple_attr
mac80211: disallow seeks in minstrel debug code
lirc: make chardev nonseekable
viotape: use noop_llseek
raw: use explicit llseek file operations
ibmasmfs: use generic_file_llseek
spufs: use llseek in all file operations
arm/omap: use generic_file_llseek in iommu_debug
lkdtm: use generic_file_llseek in debugfs
net/wireless: use generic_file_llseek in debugfs
drm: use noop_llseek
There's a bug with radiotap vendor namespace
parsing if you don't register for the given
namespace extensions. Fix this by passing
only the unknown vendor namespaces and the
registered data to frontends, but not both.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
All file_operations should get a .llseek operation so we can make
nonseekable_open the default for future file operations without a
.llseek pointer.
The three cases that we can automatically detect are no_llseek, seq_lseek
and default_llseek. For cases where we can we can automatically prove that
the file offset is always ignored, we use noop_llseek, which maintains
the current behavior of not returning an error from a seek.
New drivers should normally not use noop_llseek but instead use no_llseek
and call nonseekable_open at open time. Existing drivers can be converted
to do the same when the maintainer knows for certain that no user code
relies on calling seek on the device file.
The generated code is often incorrectly indented and right now contains
comments that clarify for each added line why a specific variant was
chosen. In the version that gets submitted upstream, the comments will
be gone and I will manually fix the indentation, because there does not
seem to be a way to do that using coccinelle.
Some amount of new code is currently sitting in linux-next that should get
the same modifications, which I will do at the end of the merge window.
Many thanks to Julia Lawall for helping me learn to write a semantic
patch that does all this.
===== begin semantic patch =====
// This adds an llseek= method to all file operations,
// as a preparation for making no_llseek the default.
//
// The rules are
// - use no_llseek explicitly if we do nonseekable_open
// - use seq_lseek for sequential files
// - use default_llseek if we know we access f_pos
// - use noop_llseek if we know we don't access f_pos,
// but we still want to allow users to call lseek
//
@ open1 exists @
identifier nested_open;
@@
nested_open(...)
{
<+...
nonseekable_open(...)
...+>
}
@ open exists@
identifier open_f;
identifier i, f;
identifier open1.nested_open;
@@
int open_f(struct inode *i, struct file *f)
{
<+...
(
nonseekable_open(...)
|
nested_open(...)
)
...+>
}
@ read disable optional_qualifier exists @
identifier read_f;
identifier f, p, s, off;
type ssize_t, size_t, loff_t;
expression E;
identifier func;
@@
ssize_t read_f(struct file *f, char *p, size_t s, loff_t *off)
{
<+...
(
*off = E
|
*off += E
|
func(..., off, ...)
|
E = *off
)
...+>
}
@ read_no_fpos disable optional_qualifier exists @
identifier read_f;
identifier f, p, s, off;
type ssize_t, size_t, loff_t;
@@
ssize_t read_f(struct file *f, char *p, size_t s, loff_t *off)
{
... when != off
}
@ write @
identifier write_f;
identifier f, p, s, off;
type ssize_t, size_t, loff_t;
expression E;
identifier func;
@@
ssize_t write_f(struct file *f, const char *p, size_t s, loff_t *off)
{
<+...
(
*off = E
|
*off += E
|
func(..., off, ...)
|
E = *off
)
...+>
}
@ write_no_fpos @
identifier write_f;
identifier f, p, s, off;
type ssize_t, size_t, loff_t;
@@
ssize_t write_f(struct file *f, const char *p, size_t s, loff_t *off)
{
... when != off
}
@ fops0 @
identifier fops;
@@
struct file_operations fops = {
...
};
@ has_llseek depends on fops0 @
identifier fops0.fops;
identifier llseek_f;
@@
struct file_operations fops = {
...
.llseek = llseek_f,
...
};
@ has_read depends on fops0 @
identifier fops0.fops;
identifier read_f;
@@
struct file_operations fops = {
...
.read = read_f,
...
};
@ has_write depends on fops0 @
identifier fops0.fops;
identifier write_f;
@@
struct file_operations fops = {
...
.write = write_f,
...
};
@ has_open depends on fops0 @
identifier fops0.fops;
identifier open_f;
@@
struct file_operations fops = {
...
.open = open_f,
...
};
// use no_llseek if we call nonseekable_open
////////////////////////////////////////////
@ nonseekable1 depends on !has_llseek && has_open @
identifier fops0.fops;
identifier nso ~= "nonseekable_open";
@@
struct file_operations fops = {
... .open = nso, ...
+.llseek = no_llseek, /* nonseekable */
};
@ nonseekable2 depends on !has_llseek @
identifier fops0.fops;
identifier open.open_f;
@@
struct file_operations fops = {
... .open = open_f, ...
+.llseek = no_llseek, /* open uses nonseekable */
};
// use seq_lseek for sequential files
/////////////////////////////////////
@ seq depends on !has_llseek @
identifier fops0.fops;
identifier sr ~= "seq_read";
@@
struct file_operations fops = {
... .read = sr, ...
+.llseek = seq_lseek, /* we have seq_read */
};
// use default_llseek if there is a readdir
///////////////////////////////////////////
@ fops1 depends on !has_llseek && !nonseekable1 && !nonseekable2 && !seq @
identifier fops0.fops;
identifier readdir_e;
@@
// any other fop is used that changes pos
struct file_operations fops = {
... .readdir = readdir_e, ...
+.llseek = default_llseek, /* readdir is present */
};
// use default_llseek if at least one of read/write touches f_pos
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
@ fops2 depends on !fops1 && !has_llseek && !nonseekable1 && !nonseekable2 && !seq @
identifier fops0.fops;
identifier read.read_f;
@@
// read fops use offset
struct file_operations fops = {
... .read = read_f, ...
+.llseek = default_llseek, /* read accesses f_pos */
};
@ fops3 depends on !fops1 && !fops2 && !has_llseek && !nonseekable1 && !nonseekable2 && !seq @
identifier fops0.fops;
identifier write.write_f;
@@
// write fops use offset
struct file_operations fops = {
... .write = write_f, ...
+ .llseek = default_llseek, /* write accesses f_pos */
};
// Use noop_llseek if neither read nor write accesses f_pos
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
@ fops4 depends on !fops1 && !fops2 && !fops3 && !has_llseek && !nonseekable1 && !nonseekable2 && !seq @
identifier fops0.fops;
identifier read_no_fpos.read_f;
identifier write_no_fpos.write_f;
@@
// write fops use offset
struct file_operations fops = {
...
.write = write_f,
.read = read_f,
...
+.llseek = noop_llseek, /* read and write both use no f_pos */
};
@ depends on has_write && !has_read && !fops1 && !fops2 && !has_llseek && !nonseekable1 && !nonseekable2 && !seq @
identifier fops0.fops;
identifier write_no_fpos.write_f;
@@
struct file_operations fops = {
... .write = write_f, ...
+.llseek = noop_llseek, /* write uses no f_pos */
};
@ depends on has_read && !has_write && !fops1 && !fops2 && !has_llseek && !nonseekable1 && !nonseekable2 && !seq @
identifier fops0.fops;
identifier read_no_fpos.read_f;
@@
struct file_operations fops = {
... .read = read_f, ...
+.llseek = noop_llseek, /* read uses no f_pos */
};
@ depends on !has_read && !has_write && !fops1 && !fops2 && !has_llseek && !nonseekable1 && !nonseekable2 && !seq @
identifier fops0.fops;
@@
struct file_operations fops = {
...
+.llseek = noop_llseek, /* no read or write fn */
};
===== End semantic patch =====
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: Julia Lawall <julia@diku.dk>
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org>
Drivers may need to adjust their filters according
to frame registrations, so notify them about them.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The index cannot be used to reliably reconstruct a phy
name, so explicitly add the phy name to sysfs so that scripts
can figure out the parent phy device for a particular
wireless interface.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Using these, user space can calculate a relative channel utilization
with arbitrary intervals by regularly taking snapshots of the survey
results.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some stats for /proc/net/wireless (and wext in general) are not
being set. This patch addresses a few of those with values easily
obtained from mac80211 core.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This reverts commit 5a254ffe3f.
The commit failed to take into account that allocated wireless devices
(wiphys) are not added into the device list upon allocation, but only
when they are registered. Therefore, it opened up a race between
allocating and registering a name, so that if two processes allocate and
register concurrently ("alloc, alloc, register, register" rather than
"alloc, register, alloc, register") the code will attempt to use the
same name twice.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no need for the WDS peer address
to not be const, so make it const.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Bill Jordan's patch to allow setting the WDS
peer crossed with my patch removing all the
boilerplate code in nl80211, and consequently
he didn't make use of it yet. Fix that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When multiple interfaces are actively trying
to associate with the same BSS, they may both
find that the BSS isn't there and then try to
unlink it. This can cause errors since the
unlinking code can't currently deal with items
that have already been unlinked.
Normally this doesn't happen as most people
don't try to use multiple station interfaces
that associate at the same time too.
Fix this by using the list entry as a flag to
see if the item is still on a list.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Tested-by: Hun-Kyi Wynn <hkwynn@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This information is already available in mac80211, we just need to export it
via cfg80211 and nl80211.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Yikes! The error return keeps a netdev reference
and the rdev mutex locked, fix that!
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds API to allow adding per-station GTKs,
updates mac80211 to support it, and also allows
drivers to remove a key from hwaccel again when
this may be necessary due to multiple GTKs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Consolidate boilerplate code needed for .dumpit
calls operating on netdevs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Use a new flag that requires the netdev to be
UP and use it to check instead of coding the
check into all functions that require it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This makes nl80211 use the new genetlink
pre_doit/post_doit hooks for locking and
checking the interface/wiphy index.
This significantly reduces the code size
and the likelihood of locking errors.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Added a nl interface to set the peer bssid of a WDS interface.
Signed-off-by: Bill Jordan <bjordan@rajant.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add missing unlocking of the wiphy in set_channel,
and don't try to unlock a non-existing wiphy in
set_cqm.
Cc: stable@kernel.org [2.6.35+]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Enable management frame transmission and subscribing
to management frames through nl80211 in both cfg80211
and mac80211. Also update a few places that I forgot
to update for P2P-client mode previously, and fix a
small bug with non-action frames in this API.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some user space applications only want to display survey data for
the operating channel, however there is no API to get that yet.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Choose first available phyX name when creating phy devices. This
means that reloading a wifi driver will not cause a change in the
name of it's phy device.
Also, allow users to rename a phy to any un-used name, including
phy%d.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
IBSS started from wireless extensions is currently
missing basic rate configuration, fix this by moving
the code to generate the default to the common code
that gets invoked for both nl80211 and wext.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If interface does not existk, when nl80211_set_power_save is called, (eg.
module has been unloaded) it has been causing kernel panic. Added new
goto target to avoid crash if get_rdev_dev_by_info_ifindex does not
return dev and rdev pointers.
Signed-off-by: Teemu Paasikivi <ext-teemu.3.paasikivi@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Change "return (EXPR);" to "return EXPR;"
return is not a function, parentheses are not required.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a driver doesn't fill the entire buffer, old
heap contents may remain, and if it also doesn't
update the length properly, this old heap content
will be copied back to userspace.
It is very unlikely that this happens in any of
the drivers using private ioctls since it would
show up as junk being reported by iwpriv, but it
seems better to be safe here, so use kzalloc.
Reported-by: Jeff Mahoney <jeffm@suse.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds P2P-STA and P2P-GO as device types so
we can distinguish between those and normal STA
or AP (respectively) type interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of using a WARN_ON(!mutex_is_locked())
use lockdep_assert_held() which compiles away
completely when lockdep isn't enabled, and
also is a more accurate assertion since it
checks that the current thread is holding the
mutex.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The output becomes:
[ 41.261941] ieee80211 phy0: Selected rate control algorithm 'minstrel_ht'
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The default llseek operation is changing from
default_llseek to no_llseek, so all code relying on
the current behaviour needs to make that explicit.
The wireless driver infrastructure and some of the drivers
make use of generated debugfs files, so they cannot
be converted by our script that automatically determines
the right operation.
All these files use debugfs and they typically rely
on simple_read_from_buffer, so the best llseek operation
here is generic_file_llseek.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: "John W. Linville" <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
There is a path in nl80211_set_wiphy where result is tested but
uninitialized.
I am hitting this path when I attempt:
sh# iw dev wlan0 set channel 10
command failed: Unknown error 1069727332 (-1069727332)
Signed-off-by: William Jordan <bjordan@rajant.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Replace sizeof(rtap_namespace_sizes) / sizeof(rtap_namespace_sizes[0])
with ARRAY_SIZE(rtap_namespace_sizes) in net/wireless/radiotap.c
Signed-off-by: Nikitas Angelinas <nikitasangelinas@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The same expression is tested twice and the result is the same each time.
The sematic match that finds this problem is as follows:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@expression@
expression E;
@@
(
* E
|| ... || E
|
* E
&& ... && E
)
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <julia@diku.dk>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Wireless extensions have an unfortunate, undocumented
requirement which requires drivers to always fill
iwp->length when returning a successful status. When
a driver doesn't do this, it leads to a kernel heap
content leak when userspace offers a larger buffer
than would have been necessary.
Arguably, this is a driver bug, as it should, if it
returns 0, fill iwp->length, even if it separately
indicated that the buffer contents was not valid.
However, we can also at least avoid the memory content
leak if the driver doesn't do this by setting the iwp
length to max_tokens, which then reflects how big the
buffer is that the driver may fill, regardless of how
big the userspace buffer is.
To illustrate the point, this patch also fixes a
corresponding cfg80211 bug (since this requirement
isn't documented nor was ever pointed out by anyone
during code review, I don't trust all drivers nor
all cfg80211 handlers to implement it correctly).
Cc: stable@kernel.org [all the way back]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some vendor specified mechanisms for 802.1X-style
functionality use a different protocol than EAP
(even if EAP is vendor-extensible). Allow setting
the ethertype for the protocol when a driver has
support for this. The default if unspecified is
EAP, of course.
Note: This is suitable only for station mode, not
for AP implementation.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
cfg80211 currently rejects all cipher suites it
doesn't know about for key length checking
purposes. This can lead to inconsistencies when
a driver advertises an algorithm that cfg80211
doesn't know about. Remove this rejection so
drivers can specify any algorithm they like.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
commit 95a6ccbb46c70cff376684c752831c014c87029d
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Date: Thu Aug 12 15:38:38 2010 +0200
cfg80211/mac80211: extensible frame processing
introduced a netlink bug that caused parsing errors
in userspace because it forgot to close a nesting,
which would advertise a nesting length of zero to
userspace, which then completely threw off parsing
and led to
Illegal nla->nla_type == 0
being printed by libnl.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow userspace to register for more than just
action frames by giving the frame subtype, and
make it possible to use this in various modes
as well.
With some tweaks and some added functionality
this will, in the future, also be usable in AP
mode and be able to replace the cooked monitor
interface currently used in that case.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This function analyses only its single, value-passed
argument, and has no side effects. Thus it can be
const, which makes mac80211 smaller, for example:
text data bss dec hex filename
362518 16720 884 380122 5ccda mac80211.ko (before)
362358 16720 884 379962 5cc3a mac80211.ko (after)
a 160 byte saving in text size, and an optimisation
because the function won't be called as often.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When shared key auth is requested, cfg80211
should verify that the device is capable of
WEP crypto which is required.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Enable using network namespaces with
wireless devices even when sysfs is
enabled using the same infrastructure
that was built for netdevs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When an AP sends a deauth frame, or we send one
to an AP, that only means we lost our connection
if we were actually connected to that AP. Check
this to avoid sending spurious "disconnected"
events and breaking "iw ... link" reporting.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This provides a little more flexibility for human users, and it allows
us to use isalpha rather than the custom is_alpha_upper.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Accesses to "wdev->current_bss" must be
locked with the wdev lock, which action
frame transmission is missing.
Cc: stable@kernel.org [2.6.33+]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In some cases there could be possible dereferencing freed pointer. The
update is intended to avoid this issue.
Signed-off-by: Yuri Ershov <ext-yuri.ershov@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In case of errors during message composing msg should be freed after canceling.
Signed-off-by: Yuri Kululin <ext-yuri.kululin@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuri Ershov <ext-yuri.ershov@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Save a few bytes of text
(allyesconfig)
$ size drivers/net/wireless/built-in.o*
text data bss dec hex filename
3924568 100548 871056 4896172 4ab5ac drivers/net/wireless/built-in.o.new
3926520 100548 871464 4898532 4abee4 drivers/net/wireless/built-in.o.old
$ size net/wireless/core.o*
text data bss dec hex filename
12843 216 3768 16827 41bb net/wireless/core.o.new
12328 216 3656 16200 3f48 net/wireless/core.o
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When wireless extensions are used to control
an encrypted IBSS, we erroneously can try to
set the default management key. Fix this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The "rd" variable isn't needed any more since 4f366c5dab
"wireless: only use alpha2 regulatory information from country IE"
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
device_add() is called before adding the phy to the cfg80211 device
list.
So if a userspace program uses sysfs uevents to detect new phy
devices, and queries nl80211 to get phy info, it can get ENODEV even
though the phy exists in sysfs.
An easy workaround is to hold the cfg80211 mutex until the phy is
present in sysfs/cfg80211/debugfs.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Bizon <mbizon@freebox.fr>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
"Might as well remove reg_same_country_ie_hint() completely since we
already dealt with suspend/resume through the regulatory hint
disconnect." -- Luis
Reported-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
CHECK net/wireless/sme.c
net/wireless/sme.c:38:6: warning: symbol 'cfg80211_is_all_idle' was not declared. Should it be static?
It is not used elsewhere, so mark it static.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
CHECK net/wireless/regdb.c
net/wireless/regdb.c:8:34: warning: symbol 'reg_regdb' was not declared. Should it be static?
net/wireless/regdb.c:11:5: warning: symbol 'reg_regdb_size' was not declared. Should it be static?
Simply include the also generated regdb.h.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
CHECK net/wireless/wext-compat.c
net/wireless/wext-compat.c:1434:5: warning: symbol 'cfg80211_wext_siwpmksa' was not declared. Should it be static?
Add declaration in cfg80211.h. Also add an EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL, since all
the peer functions have it.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
CHECK net/wireless/lib80211_crypt_tkip.c
net/wireless/lib80211_crypt_tkip.c:581:27: warning: cast to restricted __le16
Caused by dereferencing a "u8 *" and passing it to le16_to_cpu...
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The meaning and/or usage of the country IE is somewhat poorly defined.
In practice, this means that regulatory rulesets in a country IE are
often incomplete and might be untrustworthy. This removes the code
associated with interpreting those rulesets while preserving respect
for country "alpha2" codes also contained in the country IE.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When kernel-internal users use cfg80211_get_bss()
to get a reference to a BSS struct, they may end
up getting one that would have been removed from
the list if there had been any userspace access
to the list. This leads to inconsistencies and
problems.
Fix it by making cfg80211_get_bss() ignore BSSes
that cfg80211_bss_expire() would remove.
Fixes http://bugzilla.intellinuxwireless.org/show_bug.cgi?id=2180
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Reported-by: Jiajia Zheng <jiajia.zheng@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jiajia Zheng <jiajia.zheng@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Ever since mac80211/drivers are no longer
fully in charge of keeping track of the
auth status, trying to make them do so will
fail. Instead of warning and reporting the
deauthentication to userspace, cfg80211 must
simply ignore it so that spurious
deauthentications, e.g. before starting
authentication, aren't seen by userspace as
actual deauthentications.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Reported-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Stanse found that nl80211_set_wiphy imporperly handles a lock and netdev
reference and contains unreachable code. It is because there return statement
isntead of assignment to result variable. Fix that.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@gmail.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: "John W. Linville" <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Cc: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds transmit power setting type and transmit power level attributes
to NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY in order to facilitate adjusting of the transmit power
level of the device.
The added attributes allow selection of automatic, limited or fixed transmit
power level, with the level definable in signed mBm format.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In preparation for a TX power setting interface in the nl80211, change the
.set_tx_power function to use mBm units instead of dBm for greater accuracy and
smaller power levels.
Also, already in advance move the tx_power_setting enumeration to nl80211.
This change affects the .tx_set_power function prototype. As a result, the
corresponding changes are needed to modules using it. These are mac80211,
iwmc3200wifi and rndis_wlan.
Cc: Samuel Ortiz <samuel.ortiz@intel.com>
Cc: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi>
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel.ortiz@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
regulatory_init is only called by cfg80211_init which is in .init.text,
too.
Signed-off-by: Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
cfg80211_exit is only used as module_exit function, so it can go to
.exit.text saving a few bytes when CONFIG_CFG80211=y.
Signed-off-by: Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Register net_bridge_port pointer as rx_handler data pointer. As br_port is
removed from struct net_device, another netdev priv_flag is added to indicate
the device serves as a bridge port. Also rcuized pointers are now correctly
dereferenced in br_fdb.c and in netfilter parts.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support to nl80211 and mac80211 to set basic rates when
joining/creating ibss network.
Original patch was posted by Johannes Berg on the linux-wireless posting list.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Teemu Paasikivi <ext-teemu.3.paasikivi@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When in IBSS mode, currently action frame TX and RX
cannot be used. Allow using it to talk to any peer,
or for public action frames. Also, while at it,
restructure the code in mac80211 to make it easier
to add this for other interface types in the future.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When sending action frames, we want to verify
that we do that on the correct channel. However,
checking the channel type in addition can get in
the way, since the channel type could change on
the fly during an association, and it's not
useful to have the channel type anyway since it
has no effect on the transmission. Therefore,
make it optional to specify so that if wanted,
it can still be checked, but is not required.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Don't refuse HT20 channels on devices that don't support HT40.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Specifying a valid channel type will get
goto out rather than continuing, due to
missing braces. This affects both remain
on channel and action frame TX commands.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since wdev can be NULL, check it before dereferencing it
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
signal_type is enum cfg80211_signal_type.
This fixes the gcc warning:
scan.c: In function `cfg80211_inform_bss':
scan.c:518:6: warning: comparison between `enum cfg80211_signal_type' and `enum nl80211_bss'
scan.c: In function `cfg80211_inform_bss_frame':
scan.c:574:6: warning: comparison between `enum cfg80211_signal_type' and `enum nl80211_bss'
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently (all tested with hwsim) you can do stupid
things like setting up an AP on a certain channel,
then adding another virtual interface and making
that associate on another channel -- this will make
the beaconing to move channel but obviously without
the necessary IEs data update.
In order to improve this situation, first make the
configuration APIs (cfg80211 and nl80211) aware of
multi-channel operation -- we'll eventually need
that in the future anyway. There's one userland API
change and one API addition. The API change is that
now SET_WIPHY must be called with virtual interface
index rather than only wiphy index in order to take
effect for that interface -- luckily all current
users (hostapd) do that. For monitor interfaces, the
old setting is preserved, but monitors are always
slaved to other devices anyway so no guarantees.
The second userland API change is the introduction
of a per virtual interface SET_CHANNEL command, that
hostapd should use going forward to make it easier
to understand what's going on (it can automatically
detect a kernel with this command).
Other than mac80211, no existing cfg80211 drivers
are affected by this change because they only allow
a single virtual interface.
mac80211, however, now needs to be aware that the
channel settings are per interface now, and needs
to disallow (for now) real multi-channel operation,
which is another important part of this patch.
One of the immediate benefits is that you can now
start hostapd to operate on a hardware that already
has a connection on another virtual interface, as
long as you specify the same channel.
Note that two things are left unhandled (this is an
improvement -- not a complete fix):
* different HT/no-HT modes
currently you could start an HT AP and then
connect to a non-HT network on the same channel
which would configure the hardware for no HT;
that can be fixed fairly easily
* CSA
An AP we're connected to on a virtual interface
might indicate switching channels, and in that
case we would follow it, regardless of how many
other interfaces are operating; this requires
more effort to fix but is pretty rare after all
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Now that the mac80211 is choosing dynamic ps timeouts based on the ps-qos
network latency configuration, configure a default value of -1 as the dynamic
ps timeout in cfg80211. This value allows the mac80211 to determine the value
to be used.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is used to configure APs to not bridge traffic between connected stations.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In a scenario, where a cfg80211 driver (station mode) does not send assoc request
and assoc response IEs in cfg80211_connect_result after a successful association
to an AP, cfg80211 sends IWEVASSOCREQIE and IWEVASSOCRESPIE to the user space
application with NULL data. This can cause an issue at the event recipient.
An example of this is when cfg80211 sends IWEVASSOCREQIE and IWEVASSOCRESPIE
events with NULL event body to wpa_supplicant. The wpa_supplicant overwrites
the assoc request and assoc response IEs for this station with NULL data.
If the association is WPA/WPA2, the wpa_supplicant is not able to generate
EAPOL handshake messages, since the IEs are NULL.
With the patch, req_ie and resp_ie will be NULL by avoiding the
assignment if the driver has not sent the IEs to cfg80211. The event sending
code sends the events only if resp_ie and req_ie are not NULL. This
will ensure that the events are not sent with NULL event body.
Signed-off-by: Nishant Sarmukadam <nishants@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
cfg80211 is quite strict on allowing authentication and association
commands only in certain states. In order to meet these requirements,
user space applications may need to clear authentication or
association state in some cases. Currently, this can be done with
deauth/disassoc command, but that ends up sending out Deauthentication
or Disassociation frame unnecessarily. Add a new nl80211 attribute to
allow this sending of the frame be skipped, but with all other
deauth/disassoc operations being completed.
Similar state change is also needed for IEEE 802.11r FT protocol in
the FT-over-DS case which does not use Authentication frame exchange
in a transition to another BSS. For this to work with cfg80211, an
authentication entry needs to be created for the target BSS without
sending out an Authentication frame. The nl80211 authentication
command can be used for this purpose, too, with the new attribute to
indicate that the command is only for changing local state. This
enables wpa_supplicant to complete FT-over-DS transition successfully.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (37 commits)
smc91c92_cs: fix the problem of "Unable to find hardware address"
r8169: clean up my printk uglyness
net: Hook up cxgb4 to Kconfig and Makefile
cxgb4: Add main driver file and driver Makefile
cxgb4: Add remaining driver headers and L2T management
cxgb4: Add packet queues and packet DMA code
cxgb4: Add HW and FW support code
cxgb4: Add register, message, and FW definitions
netlabel: Fix several rcu_dereference() calls used without RCU read locks
bonding: fix potential deadlock in bond_uninit()
net: check the length of the socket address passed to connect(2)
stmmac: add documentation for the driver.
stmmac: fix kconfig for crc32 build error
be2net: fix bug in vlan rx path for big endian architecture
be2net: fix flashing on big endian architectures
be2net: fix a bug in flashing the redboot section
bonding: bond_xmit_roundrobin() fix
drivers/net: Add missing unlock
net: gianfar - align BD ring size console messages
net: gianfar - initialize per-queue statistics
...
iw dev <devname> station del <MAC address> is quiet useful in mesh mode and should be possible.
Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco.porsch@siemens.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Mac80211 drivers can now pass paged SKBs to mac80211 via
ieee80211_rx{_irqsafe}. The implementation currently use
skb_linearize() in a few places i.e. management frame
handling, software decryption, defragmentation and A-MSDU
process. We will optimize them one by one later.
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Cc: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Stanse discovered that kmalloc is being called with GFP_KERNEL while
holding this spinlock. The spinlock can be a mutex instead, which also
enables the removal of the unlock/lock around the lock/unlock of
cfg80211_mutex and the call to set_regdom.
Reported-by: Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@gmail.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
percpu.h is included by sched.h and module.h and thus ends up being
included when building most .c files. percpu.h includes slab.h which
in turn includes gfp.h making everything defined by the two files
universally available and complicating inclusion dependencies.
percpu.h -> slab.h dependency is about to be removed. Prepare for
this change by updating users of gfp and slab facilities include those
headers directly instead of assuming availability. As this conversion
needs to touch large number of source files, the following script is
used as the basis of conversion.
http://userweb.kernel.org/~tj/misc/slabh-sweep.py
The script does the followings.
* Scan files for gfp and slab usages and update includes such that
only the necessary includes are there. ie. if only gfp is used,
gfp.h, if slab is used, slab.h.
* When the script inserts a new include, it looks at the include
blocks and try to put the new include such that its order conforms
to its surrounding. It's put in the include block which contains
core kernel includes, in the same order that the rest are ordered -
alphabetical, Christmas tree, rev-Xmas-tree or at the end if there
doesn't seem to be any matching order.
* If the script can't find a place to put a new include (mostly
because the file doesn't have fitting include block), it prints out
an error message indicating which .h file needs to be added to the
file.
The conversion was done in the following steps.
1. The initial automatic conversion of all .c files updated slightly
over 4000 files, deleting around 700 includes and adding ~480 gfp.h
and ~3000 slab.h inclusions. The script emitted errors for ~400
files.
2. Each error was manually checked. Some didn't need the inclusion,
some needed manual addition while adding it to implementation .h or
embedding .c file was more appropriate for others. This step added
inclusions to around 150 files.
3. The script was run again and the output was compared to the edits
from #2 to make sure no file was left behind.
4. Several build tests were done and a couple of problems were fixed.
e.g. lib/decompress_*.c used malloc/free() wrappers around slab
APIs requiring slab.h to be added manually.
5. The script was run on all .h files but without automatically
editing them as sprinkling gfp.h and slab.h inclusions around .h
files could easily lead to inclusion dependency hell. Most gfp.h
inclusion directives were ignored as stuff from gfp.h was usually
wildly available and often used in preprocessor macros. Each
slab.h inclusion directive was examined and added manually as
necessary.
6. percpu.h was updated not to include slab.h.
7. Build test were done on the following configurations and failures
were fixed. CONFIG_GCOV_KERNEL was turned off for all tests (as my
distributed build env didn't work with gcov compiles) and a few
more options had to be turned off depending on archs to make things
build (like ipr on powerpc/64 which failed due to missing writeq).
* x86 and x86_64 UP and SMP allmodconfig and a custom test config.
* powerpc and powerpc64 SMP allmodconfig
* sparc and sparc64 SMP allmodconfig
* ia64 SMP allmodconfig
* s390 SMP allmodconfig
* alpha SMP allmodconfig
* um on x86_64 SMP allmodconfig
8. percpu.h modifications were reverted so that it could be applied as
a separate patch and serve as bisection point.
Given the fact that I had only a couple of failures from tests on step
6, I'm fairly confident about the coverage of this conversion patch.
If there is a breakage, it's likely to be something in one of the arch
headers which should be easily discoverable easily on most builds of
the specific arch.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Guess-its-ok-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com>
Add support for basic configuration of a connection quality monitoring to the
nl80211 interface, and basic support for notifying about triggered monitoring
events.
Via this interface a user-space connection manager may configure and receive
pre-warning events of deteriorating WLAN connection quality, and start
preparing for roaming in advance, before the connection is already lost.
An example usage of such a trigger is starting scanning for nearby AP's in
an attempt to find one with better connection quality, and associate to it
before the connection characteristics of the existing connection become too bad
or the association is even lost, leading in a prolonged delay in connectivity.
The interface currently supports only RSSI, but it could be later extended
to include other parameters, such as signal-to-noise ratio, if need for that
arises.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There's a wireless.h macro for this, might as well use it.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There's a wireless.h macro for this, might as well use it.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The most needed command from nl80211, which Wireless Extensions had,
is support for power save mode. Add a simple command to make it possible
to enable and disable power save via nl80211.
I was also planning about extending the interface, for example adding the
timeout value, but after thinking more about this I decided not to do it.
Basically there were three reasons:
Firstly, the parameters for power save are very much hardware dependent.
Trying to find a unified interface which would work with all hardware, and
still make sense to users, will be very difficult.
Secondly, IEEE 802.11 power save implementation in Linux is still in state
of flux. We have a long way to still to go and there is no way to predict
what kind of implementation we will have after few years. And because we
need to support nl80211 interface a long time, practically forever, adding
now parameters to nl80211 might create maintenance problems later on.
Third issue are the users. Power save parameters are mostly used for
debugging, so debugfs is better, more flexible, interface for this.
For example, wpa_supplicant currently doesn't configure anything related
to power save mode. It's better to strive that kernel can automatically
optimise the power save parameters, like with help of pm qos network
and other traffic parameters.
Later on, when we have better understanding of power save, we can extend
this command with more features, if there's a need for that.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Make remaining netlink policies as const.
Fixup coding style where needed.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This implements a new command to register for action frames
that userspace wants to handle instead of the in-kernel
rejection. It is then responsible for rejecting ones that
it decided not to handle. There is no unregistration, but
the socket can be closed for that.
Frames that are not registered for will not be forwarded
to userspace and will be rejected by the kernel, the
cfg80211 API helps implementing that.
Additionally, this patch adds a new command that allows
doing action frame transmission from userspace. It can be
used either to exchange action frames on the current
operational channel (e.g., with the AP with which we are
currently associated) or to exchange off-channel Public
Action frames with the remain-on-channel command.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
As discussed in linux-wireless mailing list, adding and removing
stations for mesh topologies is not necessary. Since doing it triggers
bugs, the sugestion was to simply disable it.
Tested using a custom iw command "station new". Works only after using
hostapd. "station del" command also works.
Signed-off-by: Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo <cascardo@holoscopio.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Simon Raffeiner <sturmflut@lieberbiber.de>
Cc: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Cc: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Upstream radiotap has adopted the namespace
proposal David Young made and I then took care
of, for which I had adapted the radiotap parser
as a library outside the kernel. This brings
the in-kernel parser up to speed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Introduce TKIP_HDR_LEN define for code clarity (in the same way as
CCMP_HDR_LEN).
Also odd len variable (not used) dropped from lib80211_tkip_hdr().
Signed-off-by: Andriy V. Tkachuk <andrit@ukr.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds a new regulatory hint to be used when we know all
devices have been disconnected and idle. This can happen
when we suspend, for instance. When we disconnect we can
no longer assume the same regulatory rules learned from
a country IE or beacon hints are applicable so restore
regulatory settings to an initial state.
Since driver hints are cached on the wiphy that called
the hint, those hints are not reproduced onto cfg80211
as the wiphy will respect its own wiphy->regd regardless.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When cfg80211 starts it will send a core regulatory hint. This is
sent to the global workqueue but we force processing of it by
flushing the global workqueue. The flushing was done since
cfg80211 needs last_request to always be populated.
Avoid flushing the global workqueue by processing the work
required immediately instead of putting it into a linked
list and processing it after the flush.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This new function (previously a static function
called just "find_ie" can be used to find a
specific IE in a buffer of IEs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
ieee80211_hdrlen() should account account new HT Control field in 802.11
data frame header introduced by IEEE 802.11n standard.
According to 802.11n-2009 HT Control field is present in data frames
when both of following are met:
1. It is QoS data frame.
2. Order bit is set in Frame Control field.
The change might be totally compatible with legacy non-11n aware frames,
because 802.11-2007 standard states that "all QoS STAs set this subfield
to 0".
Signed-off-by: Andriy V. Tkachuk <andrit@ukr.net>
Acked-by : Benoit Papillault <benoit.papillault@free.fr>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If a device has multiple MAC addresses, userspace will
need to know about that. Similarly, if it allows the
MAC addresses to vary by a bitmask.
If a driver exports multiple addresses, it is assumed
that it will be able to deal with that many different
addresses, which need not necessarily match the ones
programmed into the device; if a mask is set then the
device should deal addresses within that mask based
on an arbitrary "base address".
To test it all and show how it is used, add support
to hwsim even though it can't actually deal with
addresses different from the default.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
nl80211_associate() was rejecting (re)association attempts with EBUSY
in some cases where we are currently associated with an AP that uses
different channel from the destination AP. Fix this by passing the
current wdev to rdev_fixed_channel() in the same way that was already
done for join-IBSS and connect commands. This allows the fixedchan
check to skipped for the current wdev and allows the reassociation to
proceed.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Future code will need to look up rdev and wdev
within atomic sections, but currently we need
to lock a mutex for such lookups. Change the
list handling for both to be RCU-safe so that
we can look them up in rcu sections instead in
the future.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
__net_init/__net_exit are apparently not going away, so use them
to full extent.
In some cases __net_init was removed, because it was called from
__net_exit code.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In practice APs do not send country IE channel triplets for channels
the AP is not operating on and if they were to do so they would have
to use the regulatory extension which we currently do not process.
No AP has been seen in practice that does this though so just drop
those country IEs.
Additionally it has been noted the first series of country IE
channels triplets are specific to the band the AP sends. Propagate
the band on which the country IE was found on reject the country
IE then if the triplets are ever oustide of the band.
Although we now won't process country IE information with multiple
band information we leave the intersection work as is as it is
technically possible for someone to want to eventually process these
type of country IEs with regulatory extensions.
Cc: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Previous to this and the last patch, titled,
"cfg80211: Fix 2 GHz subband calculation for country IEs"
we would end up treating these IEs as single channel units. These are in
fact just bogus IE triplets so ignore the entire IE if these are found.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Country IEs triplets are getting an extra channel with
the current count. This does not affect regulatory because
we always took the intersection between what the AP gave
and what CRDA believed is correct.
This however does fix processing some Country IEs with multiple
sequential 2 GHz triplets. Since our parser and the spec mandates
all channels be monitonically increasing we would drop the IE after
noticing the second triplet begins on a channel already processed.
APs that send these type of country IEs seems rare though.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Patch fixes the bug at
http://bugzilla.intellinuxwireless.org/show_bug.cgi?id=2139
Currently we cannot set the channel using wext extension
if we have already associated and disconnected. As
cfg80211_mgd_wext_siwfreq will not switch the channel if ssid is set.
This fixes it by clearing the ssid.
Following is the sequence which it tries to fix.
modprobe iwlagn
iwconfig wlan0 essid ""
ifconfig wlan0 down
iwconfig wlan0 chan X
wext is marked as deprecate.If we use nl80211 we can easily play with
setting the channel.
Signed-off-by: Abhijeet Kolekar <abhijeet.kolekar@intel.com>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This enhances the way we parse country IEs to minimize
the number of regulatory rules that we create. It also fixes
our current implementation which treated country IE triplets
with only one channel as one independed regulatory rule even
though adjecent rules were also being provided.
Without this patch APs which send country IE information with
a channel triplet for each individual channel will force cfg80211
to deny HT40 operation as a regulatory rule would have been created
independently for each channel and as such configured only for
20 MHz operation.
Although 802.11n APs which send country IEs triplets in this fassion
are likely rare Benoit reports this against the Ubiquity NanoStation M5,
with Country "FR" and HT40 enabled.
Since we now have a helper which parses the triplets in intermediate
steps we now take care extra care to process padding.
Reported-by: Benoit PAPILLAULT <benoit.papillault@free.fr>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The max power from each country IE triplet was being ignored.
This fix isn't critical as CRDA was always being used for the lower
limit, but we should process it in case the AP still wants to
decrease power output even more for whatever reason.
Reported-by: Benoit PAPILLAULT <benoit.papillault@free.fr>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Store information elements from Beacon and Probe Response frames in
separate buffers to allow both sets to be made available through
nl80211. This allows user space applications to get access to IEs from
Beacon frames even if we have received Probe Response frames from the
BSS. Previously, the IEs from Probe Response frames would have
overridden the IEs from Beacon frames.
This feature is of somewhat limited use since most protocols include
the same (or extended) information in Probe Response frames. However,
there are couple of exceptions where the IEs from Beacon frames could
be of some use: TIM IE is only included in Beacon frames (and it would
be needed to figure out the DTIM period used in the BSS) and at least
some implementations of Wireless Provisioning Services seem to include
the full IE only in Beacon frames).
The new BSS attribute for scan results is added to allow both the IE
sets to be delivered. This is done in a way that maintains the
previously used behavior for applications that are not aware of the
new NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a new NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK command and related
attributes to provide support for setting TX rate mask for rate
control. This uses the existing cfg80211 set_bitrate_mask operation
that was previously used only with WEXT compat code (SIOCSIWRATE). The
nl80211 command allows more generic configuration of allowed rates as
a mask instead of fixed/max rate.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Extend struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask to actually use a bitfield mask
instead of just a single fixed or maximum rate index. This change
itself does not modify the behavior (except for debugfs files), but it
prepares cfg80211 and mac80211 for a new nl80211 command for setting
which rates can be used in TX rate control.
Since frames are now going through the rate control algorithm
unconditionally, the internal IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RCALGO flag can now
be removed. The RC implementations can use the rate_idx_mask value to
optimize their behavior if only a single rate is enabled.
The old max_rate_idx in struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control is maintained
(but commented as deprecated) for backwards compatibility with existing
RC implementations. Once these implementations have been updated to
use the more generic rate_idx_mask, the max_rate_idx value can be
removed.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The new attribute NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS sets IEEE 802.11
Coverage Class, which depends on maximum distance of nodes in a
wireless network. It's required for long distance links (more than a few
hundred meters).
The attribute is now ignored by two non-mac80211 drivers, rndis and
iwmc3200wifi, together with WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT and
WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG. If it turns out to be a problem, we could split
set_wiphy_params callback or add new capability bits.
Signed-off-by: Lukas Turek <8an@praha12.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT is not set, there is
a refcount imbalance with rdev->opencount, fix
that by moving it out of the ifdef.
Reported-by: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of sprinkling code with ifdef's define REG_DBG_PRINT() instead.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This fixes a syntax error when setting up the user regulatory
hint. This change yields the same exact binary object though
so it ends up just being a syntax typo fix, fortunately.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When, for instance, a new IBSS peer is found, userspace
wants to be notified. Add events for all new stations
that mac80211 learns about.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add new commands for requesting the driver to remain awake
on a specified channel for the specified amount of time
(and another command to cancel such an operation). This
can be used to implement userspace-controlled off-channel
operations, like Public Action frame exchange on another
channel than the operation channel.
The off-channel operation should behave similarly to scan,
i.e. the local station (if associated) moves into power
save mode to request the AP to buffer frames for it and
then moves to the other channel to allow the off-channel
operation to be completed. The duration parameter can be
used to request enough time to receive a response from
the target station.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If there's an invalid channel or SSID, the code leaks
the scan request. Always free the scan request, unless
it was successfully given to the driver.
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Joseph Nahmias reported, in http://bugs.debian.org/562016,
that he was getting the following warning (with some log
around the issue):
ath0: direct probe to AP 00:11:95:77:e0:b0 (try 1)
ath0: direct probe responded
ath0: authenticate with AP 00:11:95:77:e0:b0 (try 1)
ath0: authenticated
ath0: associate with AP 00:11:95:77:e0:b0 (try 1)
ath0: deauthenticating from 00:11:95:77:e0:b0 by local choice (reason=3)
ath0: direct probe to AP 00:11:95:77:e0:b0 (try 1)
ath0: RX AssocResp from 00:11:95:77:e0:b0 (capab=0x421 status=0 aid=2)
ath0: associated
------------[ cut here ]------------
WARNING: at net/wireless/mlme.c:97 cfg80211_send_rx_assoc+0x14d/0x152 [cfg80211]()
Hardware name: 7658CTO
...
Pid: 761, comm: phy0 Not tainted 2.6.32-trunk-686 #1
Call Trace:
[<c1030a5d>] ? warn_slowpath_common+0x5e/0x8a
[<c1030a93>] ? warn_slowpath_null+0xa/0xc
[<f86cafc7>] ? cfg80211_send_rx_assoc+0x14d/0x152
...
ath0: link becomes ready
ath0: deauthenticating from 00:11:95:77:e0:b0 by local choice (reason=3)
ath0: no IPv6 routers present
ath0: link is not ready
ath0: direct probe to AP 00:11:95:77:e0:b0 (try 1)
ath0: direct probe responded
ath0: authenticate with AP 00:11:95:77:e0:b0 (try 1)
ath0: authenticated
ath0: associate with AP 00:11:95:77:e0:b0 (try 1)
ath0: RX ReassocResp from 00:11:95:77:e0:b0 (capab=0x421 status=0 aid=2)
ath0: associated
It is not clear to me how the first "direct probe" here
happens, but this seems to be a race condition, if the
user requests to deauth after requesting assoc, but before
the assoc response is received. In that case, it may
happen that mac80211 tries to report the assoc success to
cfg80211, but gets blocked on the wdev lock that is held
because the user is requesting the deauth.
The result is that we run into a warning. This is mostly
harmless, but maybe cause an unexpected event to be sent
to userspace; we'd send an assoc success event although
userspace was no longer expecting that.
To fix this, remove the warning and check whether the
race happened and in that case abort processing.
Reported-by: Joseph Nahmias <joe@nahmias.net>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Cc: 562016-quiet@bugs.debian.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Apparently some awk versions choke on C-style comments -- who knew? :-)
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before
commit ca9034592823e8179511e48a78731f95bfdd766c
Author: Holger Schurig <hs4233@mail.mn-solutions.de>
Date: Tue Oct 13 13:45:28 2009 +0200
cfg80211: remove warning in deauth case
we assumed that drivers never give us spurious deauth
frames because they filter them out based on the auth
state they keep track of. This turned out to be racy,
because userspace might deauth while the AP is also
sending a deauth frame, so the warning was removed.
However, in that case we should not tell userspace
about the AP's frame if it requested deauth "first",
where "first" means it came to cfg80211 first.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Move the A-MSDU handling code from mac80211 to cfg80211 so that more
drivers can use it. The new created function ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s
converts an A-MSDU frame to a list of 802.3 frames.
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch provides infrastructure for machine translation of the
regulatory rules database used by CRDA into a C data structure.
It includes code for searching that database as an alternative
to dynamic regulatory rules updates via CRDA. Most people should
use CRDA instead of this infrastructure, but it provides a better
alternative than the WIRELESS_OLD_REGULATORY infrastructure (which
can now be removed).
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Previously, cfg80211 had reported "0" for MCS (i.e. 802.11n) bitrates
through the wireless extensions interface. However, nl80211 was
converting MCS rates into a reasonable bitrate number. This patch moves
the nl80211 code to cfg80211 where it is now shared between both the
nl80211 interface and the wireless extensions interface.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Update "US" and "JP" for current rules, and replace "EU" rules with the
world roaming domain (since it was only a pseudo-domain anyway).
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the current_bss is not set, 'iwconfig <iface> key off' does not
clear the private flag. Hence after we connect with WEP to an AP and
then try to connect with another non-WEP AP, it does not work.
This issue will not be seen if supplicant is used.
Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <vnatarajan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
I've just noticed that some events are no longer propagated
for some wireless drivers. Basically, SET request with a extra payload
for driver without commit handler. The fix is pretty simple, see
attached.
Actually, a few lines below this line, you will see that the
event generation for simple SET (iwpoint-less ?) is done properly,
and this other event generation does not need fixing.
Signed-off-by: Jean Tourrilhes <jt@hpl.hp.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Not including net/atm/
Compiled tested x86 allyesconfig only
Added a > 80 column line or two, which I ignored.
Existing checkpatch plaints willfully, cheerfully ignored.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the addition of the *_pmksa cfg80211 ops, we can now add the
corresponding wireless extensions compatibility handler.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is an interface to set, delete and flush PMKIDs through nl80211.
Main users would be fullmac devices which firmwares are capable of
generating the RSN IEs for the re-association requests, e.g. iwmc3200wifi.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch moves the works cleanup, scan and events to a cfg80211
dedicated workqueue.
Platform driver like eeepc-laptop ought to use works to rfkill (as
new rfkill does lock in rfkill_unregister and the platform driver is
called from rfkill_switch_all which also lock the same mutex).
This raise a new issue in itself that the work scheduled by the platform
driver to the global worqueue calls wiphy_unregister which flush_work
scan and event works (which thus flush works on the global workqueue inside
a work on the global workqueue) and also put on hold the wdev_cleanup_work
(which prevents the dev_put on netdev thus indefinite Usage count error on
wifi device).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Alban Browaeys <prahal@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
With WEXT, it happens frequently that the SME
requests an authentication but then deauthenticates
right away because some new parameters came along.
Every time this happens we print a deauth message
and send a deauth frame, but both of that is rather
confusing. Avoid it by aborting the authentication
process silently, and telling cfg80211 about that.
The patch looks larger than it really is:
__cfg80211_auth_remove() is split out from
cfg80211_send_auth_timeout(), there's no new code
except __cfg80211_auth_canceled() (a one-liner) and
the mac80211 bits (7 new lines of code).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
A number of people have tried to add a wireless interface
(in managed mode) to a bridge and then complained that it
doesn't work. It cannot work, however, because in 802.11
networks all packets need to be acknowledged and as such
need to be sent to the right address. Promiscuous doesn't
help here. The wireless address format used for these
links has only space for three addresses, the
* transmitter, which must be equal to the sender (origin)
* receiver (on the wireless medium), which is the AP in
the case of managed mode
* the recipient (destination), which is on the APs local
network segment
In an IBSS, it is similar, but the receiver and recipient
must match and the third address is used as the BSSID.
To avoid such mistakes in the future, disallow adding a
wireless interface to a bridge.
Felix has recently added a four-address mode to the AP
and client side that can be used (after negotiating that
it is possible, which must happen out-of-band by setting
up both sides) for bridging, so allow that case.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It's very likely that not many devices will support
four-address mode in station or AP mode so introduce
capability bits for both modes, set them in mac80211
and check them when userspace tries to use the mode.
Also, keep track of 4addr in cfg80211 (wireless_dev)
and not in mac80211 any more. mac80211 can also be
improved for the VLAN case by not looking at the
4addr flag but maintaining the station pointer for
it correctly. However, keep track of use_4addr for
station mode in mac80211 to avoid all the derefs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We've accumulated a number of options for wiphys
which make more sense as flags as we keep adding
more. Convert the existing ones.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When going from/to a WEP protected IBSS, we need to
leave this one and join a new one to take care of
the changed capability.
Cc: Hong Zhang <henryzhang62@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
cfg80211 rejects all association requests when in associated state. This
prevents clean roaming within an ESS since one would first need to
disassociate before being able to request reassociation.
Accept the reassociation request and let the old association to be
dropped when the new one is completed. This fixes nl80211-based
roaming with the current snapshot version of wpa_supplicant (that has
code for requesting reassociation explicitly withthe previous BSSID
attribute).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch implements the NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY command and an get_survey()
ops that a driver can implement. The goal of this command is to allow a
drivers to report channel survey data (e.g. channel noise, channel
occupation).
For now, only the mechanism to report back channel noise has been
implemented.
In future, there will either be a survey-trigger command --- or the existing
scan-trigger command will be enhanced. This will allow user-space to
request survey for arbitrary channels.
Note: any driver that cannot report channel noise should not report
any value at all, e.g. made-up -92 dBm.
Signed-off-by: Holger Schurig <holgerschurig@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
... which get's rid of three indentical cut-n-paste sections.
Signed-off-by: Holger Schurig <holgerschurig@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Tested-by: Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Resulting object files have the same MD5 as before.
Signed-off-by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Tested-by: Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In some situations it might be useful to run a network with an
Access Point and multiple clients, but with each client bridged
to a network behind it. For this to work, both the client and the
AP need to transmit 4-address frames, containing both source and
destination MAC addresses.
With this patch, you can configure a client to communicate using
only 4-address frames for data traffic.
On the AP side you can enable 4-address frames for individual
clients by isolating them in separate AP VLANs which are configured
in 4-address mode.
Such an AP VLAN will be limited to one client only, and this client
will be used as the destination for all traffic on its interface,
regardless of the destination MAC address in the packet headers.
The advantage of this mode compared to regular WDS mode is that it's
easier to configure and does not require a static list of peer MAC
addresses on any side.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/usb/cdc_ether.c
All CDC ethernet devices of type USB_CLASS_COMM need to use
'&mbm_info'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 211a4d12abf86fe0df4cd68fc6327cbb58f56f81
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Date: Tue Oct 20 15:08:53 2009 +0900
cfg80211: sme: deauthenticate on assoc failure
accidentally introduced a dead variable, I had
changed the code to not need it while creating
the patch and it looks like I forgot to remove
the variable (and nobody else noticed either).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently it is possible to request a scan on only
disabled channels, which could be problematic for
some drivers. Reject such scans, and also ignore
disabled channels that are given. This resuls in
the scan begin/end event only including channels
that are actually used.
This makes the mac80211 check for disabled channels
superfluous. At the same time, remove the no-IBSS
check from mac80211 -- nothing says that we should
not find any networks on channels that cannot be
used for an IBSS, even when operating in IBSS mode.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Neither of these commands should clear the current configuration value
if they return error. Furthermore, cfg80211_set_cipher_group() should
be able to handle IW_AUTH_CIPHER_NONE without reporting error.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
commit 211a4d12abf86fe0df4cd68fc6327cbb58f56f81
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Date: Tue Oct 20 15:08:53 2009 +0900
cfg80211: sme: deauthenticate on assoc failure
introduced a potential NULL pointer dereference that
some people have been hitting for some reason -- the
params.bssid pointer is not guaranteed to be non-NULL
for what seems to be a race between various ways of
reaching the same thing.
While I'm trying to analyse the problem more let's
first fix the crash. I think the real fix may be to
avoid doing _anything_ if it ended up being NULL, but
right now I'm not sure yet.
I think
http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=14342
might also be this issue.
Reported-by: Parag Warudkar <parag.lkml@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Parag Warudkar <parag.lkml@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We can save a lot of code and pointers in the structs
by using debugfs_remove_recursive().
First, change cfg80211 to use debugfs_remove_recursive()
so that drivers do not need to clean up any files they
added to the per-wiphy debugfs (if and only if they are
ok to be accessed until after wiphy_unregister!).
Then also make mac80211 use debugfs_remove_recursive()
where necessary -- it need not remove per-wiphy files
as cfg80211 now removes those, but netdev etc. files
still need to be handled but can now be removed without
needing struct dentry pointers to all of them.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (43 commits)
net: Fix 'Re: PACKET_TX_RING: packet size is too long'
netdev: usb: dm9601.c can drive a device not supported yet, add support for it
qlge: Fix firmware mailbox command timeout.
qlge: Fix EEH handling.
AF_RAW: Augment raw_send_hdrinc to expand skb to fit iphdr->ihl (v2)
bonding: fix a race condition in calls to slave MII ioctls
virtio-net: fix data corruption with OOM
sfc: Set ip_summed correctly for page buffers passed to GRO
cnic: Fix L2CTX_STATUSB_NUM offset in context memory.
MAINTAINERS: rt2x00 list is moderated
airo: Reorder tests, check bounds before element
mac80211: fix for incorrect sequence number on hostapd injected frames
libertas spi: fix sparse errors
mac80211: trivial: fix spelling in mesh_hwmp
cfg80211: sme: deauthenticate on assoc failure
mac80211: keep auth state when assoc fails
mac80211: fix ibss joining
b43: add 'struct b43_wl' missing declaration
b43: Fix Bugzilla #14181 and the bug from the previous 'fix'
rt2x00: Fix crypto in TX frame for rt2800usb
...
It might be the case that __cfg80211_disconnected() has already
cleaned up wdev->current_bss() for us. The old code didn't catch
that situation and didn't warn needlessly.
Signed-off-by: Holger Schurig <hs4233@mail.mn-solutions.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Get rid of cookies in cfg80211_send_XXX() functions.
Signed-off-by: Holger Schurig <hs4233@mail.mn-solutions.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the in-kernel SME gets an association failure from
the AP we don't deauthenticate, and thus get into a very
confused state which will lead to warnings later on. Fix
this by actually deauthenticating when the AP indicates
an association failure.
(Brought to you by the hacking session at Kernel Summit 2009 in Tokyo,
Japan. -- JWL)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
After m68k's task_thread_info() doesn't refer to current,
it's possible to remove sched.h from interrupt.h and not break m68k!
Many thanks to Heiko Carstens for allowing this.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
The error unwinding code in set_netns has a bug
that will make it run into a BUG_ON if passed a
bad wiphy index, fix by not trying to unlock a
wiphy that doesn't exist.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Everything including this header includes net/cfg80211.h, which
includes linux/netdevice.h, which includes linux/ethtool.h already. Why
slow-down the build, even a little bit?
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It's useful to provide firmware and hardware version to user space and have a
generic interface to retrieve them. Users can provide the version information
in bug reports etc.
Add fields for firmware and hardware version to struct wiphy.
(Dropped nl80211 bits for now and modified remaining bits in favor of
ethtool. -- JWL)
Cc: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Refactor wext to
* split out iwpriv handling
* split out iwspy handling
* split out procfs support
* allow cfg80211 to have wireless extensions compat code
w/o CONFIG_WIRELESS_EXT
After this, drivers need to
- select WIRELESS_EXT - for wext support
- select WEXT_PRIV - for iwpriv support
- select WEXT_SPY - for iwspy support
except cfg80211 -- which gets new hooks in wext-core.c
and can then get wext handlers without CONFIG_WIRELESS_EXT.
Wireless extensions procfs support is auto-selected
based on PROC_FS and anything that requires the wext core
(i.e. WIRELESS_EXT or CFG80211_WEXT).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Linux keeps scan results up to 15 seconds. This can be a problem for fast
moving clients: they get back stale data. But if the kernel reports the age
of the BSS items, then user-space can simply weed out old entries by itself.
Signed-off-by: Holger Schurig <hs4233@mail.mn-solutions.de>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of having to modify every non-mac80211 for device type assignment,
do this inside the netdev notifier callback of cfg80211. So all drivers
that integrate with cfg80211 will export a proper device type.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The move away from having drivers assign wireless handlers,
in favour of making cfg80211 assign them, broke the sysfs
registration (the wireless/ dir went missing) because the
handlers are now assigned only after registration, which is
too late.
Fix this by special-casing cfg80211-based devices, all
of which are required to have an ieee80211_ptr, in the
sysfs code, and also using get_wireless_stats() to have
the same values reported as in procfs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reported-by: Hugh Dickins <hugh.dickins@tiscali.co.uk>
Tested-by: Hugh Dickins <hugh.dickins@tiscali.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The wireless extensions have a copy_from_user to a local stack
array "essid", but both me and gcc have failed to find where
the bounds for this copy are located in the code.
This patch adds some basic sanity checks for the copy length
to make sure that we don't overflow the stack buffer.
Signed-off-by: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@linux.intel.com>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Multiple problems were reported due to interaction
between wpa_supplicant and the wext compat code in
cfg80211, which appear to be due to it not getting
any bss pointer here when wpa_supplicant sets all
parameters -- do that now. We should still get the
bss after doing an extra scan, but that appears to
increase the time we need for connecting enough to
sometimes cause timeouts.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Tested-by: Hin-Tak Leung <hintak.leung@gmail.com>,
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When wpa_supplicant is used to connect to open networks,
it causes the wdev->wext.keys to point to key memory, but
that key memory is all empty. Only use privacy when there
is a default key to be used.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Tested-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Tested-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently, cfg80211's SIOCGIWAP implementation returns
the BSSID that the user set, even if the connection has
since been dropped due to other changes. It only should
return the current BSSID when actually connected.
Also do a small code cleanup.
Reported-by: Thomas H. Guenther <thomas.h.guenther@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Tested-by: Thomas H. Guenther <thomas.h.guenther@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When cfg80211 is instructed to connect, it always
uses the default WEP key for the privacy setting,
which clearly is wrong when using wpa_supplicant.
Don't overwrite the setting, and rely on it being
false when wpa_supplicant is not running, instead
set it to true when we have keys.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There's a check saying
/* we're good if we have both BSSID and channel */
if (wdev->conn->params.bssid && wdev->conn->params.channel) {
but that isn't true -- we need the BSS struct. This leads
to errors such as
Trying to associate with 00:1b:53:11:dc:40 (SSID='TEST' freq=2412 MHz)
ioctl[SIOCSIWFREQ]: No such file or directory
ioctl[SIOCSIWESSID]: No such file or directory
Association request to the driver failed
Associated with 00:1b:53:11:dc:40
in wpa_supplicant, as reported by Holger.
Instead, we really need to have the BSS struct, and if we
don't, then we need to initiate a scan for it. But we may
already have the BSS struct here, so hang on to it if we
do and scan if we don't.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Tested-by: Holger Schurig <hs4233@mail.mn-solutions.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
WEXT's "struct iw_freq" can also be used to handle a channel. This patch now
uses cfg80211_wext_freq() instead of hand-converting the frequency. That
allows user-space to specify channels as well, like with SIOCSIWFREQ.
Signed-off-by: Holger Schurig <hs4233@mail.mn-solutions.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There's a check saying
/* we're good if we have both BSSID and channel */
if (wdev->conn->params.bssid && wdev->conn->params.channel) {
but that isn't true -- we need the BSS struct. This leads
to errors such as
Trying to associate with 00:1b:53:11:dc:40 (SSID='TEST' freq=2412 MHz)
ioctl[SIOCSIWFREQ]: No such file or directory
ioctl[SIOCSIWESSID]: No such file or directory
Association request to the driver failed
Associated with 00:1b:53:11:dc:40
in wpa_supplicant, as reported by Holger.
Instead, we really need to have the BSS struct, and if we
don't, then we need to initiate a scan for it. But we may
already have the BSS struct here, so hang on to it if we
do and scan if we don't.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Tested-by: Holger Schurig <hs4233@mail.mn-solutions.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
WEXT's "struct iw_freq" can also be used to handle a channel. This patch now
uses cfg80211_wext_freq() instead of hand-converting the frequency. That
allows user-space to specify channels as well, like with SIOCSIWFREQ.
Signed-off-by: Holger Schurig <hs4233@mail.mn-solutions.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Handles the case when SIOCSIWSCAN specified iw_scan_req.num_channels and
iw_scan_req.channels[].
Signed-off-by: Holger Schurig <hs4233@mail.mn-solutions.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
cfg80211 is now *the* wireless configuration API. Lets also
give a little explanation as to what it is and refer people to
the wireless wiki for more information.
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Refer to the wireless wiki for more information.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Jump to out_err when the iftype is not supported.
Signed-off-by: Roel Kluin <roel.kluin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the interface type changes while connected, and the
driver does not require the interface to be down for a
type change, it is currently possible to get very strange
results unless the driver takes special care, which it
shouldn't have to.
To fix this, take care to disconnect/leave IBSS when
changing the interface type -- even if the driver may fail
the call. Also process all events that may be pending to
avoid running into a situation where an event is reported
but only processed after the type has already changed,
which would lead to missing events and warnings.
A side effect of this is that you will have disconnected
or left the IBSS even if the mode change ultimately fails,
but since the intention was to change it and thus leave or
disconnect, this is not a problem.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Bob reported that he got warnings in IBSS mode about
the ssid_len being zero on a joined event, but only
when kmemcheck was enabled. This appears to be due
to a race condition between drivers and userspace,
when the driver reports joined but the user in the
meantime decided to leave the IBSS again, the warning
would trigger. This was made more likely by kmemcheck
delaying the code that does the check and sends the
event.
So first, make the warning trigger closer to the
driver, which means it's not locked, but since only
the warning depends on it that's ok.
And secondly, users will not want to have spurious
warnings at all, so make those that are known to be
racy in such a way configurable.
Reported-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When we lose a scan, cfg80211 tries to clean up after
the driver. However, it currently does this too early,
it does this in GOING_DOWN already instead of DOWN, so
it may happen with mac80211. Besides fixing this, also
make it more robust by leaking the scan request so if
the driver later actually finishes the scan, it won't
crash. Also check in ___cfg80211_scan_done whether a
scan request is still pending and exit if not.
Reported-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Tested-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In case of connection failure, the bssid info is not a must have.
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This only occurs in the following error situations:
- driver calls connect_result with failure
- error scheduling authentication on connect
- error initiating scan (to get BSSID and channel) on
connect
- userspace calls disconnect while in the SCANNING or
SCAN_AGAIN states
Signed-off-by: David Kilroy <kilroyd@googlemail.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
My patch "cfg80211: fix deadlock" broke the code it
was supposed to fix, the scan request checking. But
it's not trivial to put it back the way it was, since
the original patch had a deadlock.
Now do it in a completely new way: queue the check
off to a work struct, where we can freely lock. But
that has some more complications, like needing to
wait for it to be done before the wiphy/rdev can be
destroyed, so some code is required to handle that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of hacking the event reporting into the
__cfg80211_connect_result() function which is also
invoked by others, set up things correctly and then
invoke that function, so that it can do more sanity
checking.
Also, it is currently not possible to get a ROAMED
event from the userspace SME anyway since we send
out a DISCONNECTED event when it disassociates and
then a new CONNECTED event on the next association.
Thanks to Zhu Yi for pointing out that the code is
somewhat convoluted and doesn't warn when it should.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When removing an interface with nl80211, cfg80211 will
deadlock in the netdev notifier because we're already
holding rdev->mtx and try to acquire it again to verify
the scan has been done.
This bug was introduced by my patch
"cfg80211: check for and abort dangling scan requests".
To fix this, move the dangling scan request check into
wiphy_unregister(). This will not be able to catch all
cases right away, but if the scan problem happens with
a manual ifdown or so it will be possible to remedy it
by removing the module/device.
Additionally, add comments about the deadlock scenario.
Reported-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Tested-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de>
Tested-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
cfg80211_wext_siwfreq() should be exported with EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL.
Signed-off-by: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Sometimes drivers might have a good reason to override
the PS default, like iwlwifi right now where it affects
RX performance significantly at this point. This will
allow them to override the default, if desired, in a
way that users can still change it according to their
trade-off choices, not the driver's, like would happen
if the driver just disabled PS completely then.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If you trigger a scan request on an interface and then
take it down, or rmmod the module or unplug the device
the driver might "forget" to cancel the scan request.
That is a bug in the driver, but the current behaviour
is that we just hang endlessly waiting for the netdev
refcount to become 0 which it never will. To improve
robustness, check for this situation in cfg80211, warn
about it and clean up behind the driver. I don't just
clean up silently because it's likely that the driver
also has some internal state it has now leaked.
Additionally, this fixes a locking bug, clearing the
scan_req pointer should be done under the rdev lock.
Finally, we also need to _wait_ for the scan work and
not just abort it since it might be pending and wanting
to do a cleanup.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The 11s task group recently changed the frame mesh multicast/broadcast frame
format to use 3-address. This was done to avoid interactions with widely
deployed lazy-WDS access points.
This patch changes the format of group addressed frames, both mesh-originated
and proxied, to use the data format defined in draft D2.08 and forward. The
address fields used for group addressed frames is:
In 802.11 header
ToDS:0 FromDS:1
addr1: DA (broadcast/multicast address)
addr2: TA
addr3: Mesh SA
In address extension header:
addr4: SA (only present if frame was proxied)
Note that this change breaks backward compatibility with earlier mesh stack
versions.
Signed-off-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When calling into the wext code from the NETDEV_UP
notifier, we need to hold the devlist_mtx mutex as
the wext code ends up calling into channel checks.
Reported-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Tested-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This removes the max_bandwidth attribute. It is only ever
written to, and is duplicated by max_bandwidth_khz in the
regulatory code.
Signed-off-by: Pat Erley <pat-lkml@erley.org>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
"cfg80211: validate channel settings across interfaces"
contained a locking bug -- in the managed-mode SIWFREQ
call it would end up running into a lock recursion.
This fixes it by not checking that particular interface
for a channel that it needs to stay on, which is as it
should be as that's the interface we're setting the
channel for.
Reported-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Reported-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Tested-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Tested-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The memory layout for scan requests was rather wrong,
we put the scan SSIDs before the channels which could
lead to the channel pointers being unaligned in memory.
It turns out that using a pointer to the channel array
isn't necessary anyway since we can embed a zero-length
array into the struct.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In order for userspace to be able to figure out whether
it obtained a consistent snapshot of data or not when
using netlink dumps, we need to have a generation number
in each dump message that indicates whether the list has
changed or not -- its value is arbitrary.
This patch adds such a number to all dumps, this needs
some mac80211 involvement to keep track of a generation
number to start with when adding/removing mesh paths or
stations.
The wiphy and netdev lists can be fully handled within
cfg80211, of course, but generation numbers need to be
stored there as well.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
With the move of everything related to the SME from
mac80211 to cfg80211, we lost the ability to send
reassociation frames. This adds them back, but only
for wireless extensions. With the userspace SME, it
shall control assoc vs. reassoc (it already can do
so with the nl80211 interface).
I haven't touched the connect() implementation, so
it is not possible to reassociate with the nl80211
connect primitive. I think that should be done with
the NL80211_CMD_ROAM command, but we'll have to see
how that can be handled in the future, especially
with fullmac chips.
This patch addresses only the immediate regression
we had in mac80211, which previously sent reassoc.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently, there's a problem that affects regulatory
enforcement and connection stability, in that it is
possible to switch the channel while connected to a
network or joined to an IBSS.
The problem comes from the fact that we only validate
the channel against the current interface's type, not
against any other interface. Thus, you have any type
of interface up, additionally bring up a monitor mode
interface and switch the channel on the monitor. This
will obviously also switch the channel on the other
interface.
The problem now is that if you do that while sending
beacons for IBSS mode, you can switch to a disabled
channel or a channel that doesn't allow beaconing.
Combined with a managed mode interface connected to
an AP instead of an IBSS interface, you can easily
break the connection that way.
To fix this, this patch validates any channel change
with all available interfaces, and disallows such
changes on secondary interfaces if another interface
is connected to an AP or joined to an IBSS.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
With iwconfig there is no way to properly set the ciphers when trying to
connect to a WEP SSID. Although mac80211 based drivers dont need it, several
fullmac drivers do.
This patch basically sets the WEP ciphers whenever they're not set at all.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When an AP disassociates us, we currently go into a weird
state because the SME doesn't handle authenticated but not
associated well unless it's within its own state machine,
it can't recover from that. However, it shouldn't need to,
since we don't do any decisions in it really -- so when we
get disconnected, simply deauthenticate too.
Reported-by: Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When reporting a disconnection to userspace, we try
to report whether it was from the AP or by our own
choice. However, we misreported a broadcast deauth
or disassoc as being by own choice, which is wrong.
Fix this by checking the sender address instead of
the destination address.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
WARN_ON was triggered at mlme.c:213 when dissociating from an AP.
wdev->current_bss->pub.bssid should be used in place of
wdev->current_bss for BSSID comparison.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
cfg80211 displays correct link info when connected by wext. But if
the connection is setup by cfg80211, wext cannot display the SSID.
This patch fixed this issue.
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The SME state machine in cfg80211 uses the SSID stored
in struct wireless_dev internally, but fails to clear
it in multiple places (when giving up on a connection
attempt and when disconnecting). This doesn't matter to
the SME state machine, but does matter for IBSS. Thus,
in those cases, clear the SSID to avoid messing up the
IBSS state machine.
Reported-by: Joerg Albert <jal2@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The default of 500ms is pretty high, and leads
to the device being awake at least 50% of the
time under such light traffic conditions as a
simple 1 second interval ping. Reduce to just
100ms -- it should have a similar effect while
providing a better sleep time.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reviewed-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since the bss is always set now once we are connected, if the
bss has its own information element we refer to it and pass that
instead of relying on mac80211's parsing.
Now all cfg80211 drivers get country IE support, automatically and
we reduce the call overhead that we had on mac80211 which called this
upon every beacon and instead now call this only upon a successfull
connection by a STA on cfg80211.
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We change regulatory code to be protected by its own regulatory
mutex and alleviate cfg80211_mutex to only be used to protect
cfg80211_rdev_list, the registered device list.
By doing this we will be able to work on regulatory core components
without having to have hog up the cfg80211_mutex. An example here is
we no longer need to use the cfg80211_mutex during driver specific
wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(). We also no longer need it for the
the country IE regulatory hint; by doing so we end up curing this
new lockdep warning:
=======================================================
[ INFO: possible circular locking dependency detected ]
2.6.31-rc4-wl #12
-------------------------------------------------------
phy1/1709 is trying to acquire lock:
(cfg80211_mutex){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffffa00af852>] regulatory_hint_11d+0x32/0x3f0 [cfg80211]
but task is already holding lock:
(&ifmgd->mtx){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffffa0144228>] ieee80211_sta_work+0x108/0x10f0 [mac80211]
which lock already depends on the new lock.
the existing dependency chain (in reverse order) is:
-> #3 (&ifmgd->mtx){+.+.+.}:
[<ffffffff810857b6>] __lock_acquire+0xd76/0x12b0
[<ffffffff81085dd3>] lock_acquire+0xe3/0x120
[<ffffffff814eeae4>] mutex_lock_nested+0x44/0x350
[<ffffffffa0141bb8>] ieee80211_mgd_auth+0x108/0x1f0 [mac80211]
[<ffffffffa0148563>] ieee80211_auth+0x13/0x20 [mac80211]
[<ffffffffa00bc3a1>] __cfg80211_mlme_auth+0x1b1/0x2a0 [cfg80211]
[<ffffffffa00bc516>] cfg80211_mlme_auth+0x86/0xc0 [cfg80211]
[<ffffffffa00b368d>] nl80211_authenticate+0x21d/0x230 [cfg80211]
[<ffffffff81416ba6>] genl_rcv_msg+0x1b6/0x1f0
[<ffffffff81415c39>] netlink_rcv_skb+0x89/0xb0
[<ffffffff814169d9>] genl_rcv+0x29/0x40
[<ffffffff8141591d>] netlink_unicast+0x29d/0x2b0
[<ffffffff81416514>] netlink_sendmsg+0x214/0x300
[<ffffffff813e4407>] sock_sendmsg+0x107/0x130
[<ffffffff813e45b9>] sys_sendmsg+0x189/0x320
[<ffffffff81011f82>] system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x1b
[<ffffffffffffffff>] 0xffffffffffffffff
-> #2 (&wdev->mtx){+.+.+.}:
[<ffffffff810857b6>] __lock_acquire+0xd76/0x12b0
[<ffffffff81085dd3>] lock_acquire+0xe3/0x120
[<ffffffff814eeae4>] mutex_lock_nested+0x44/0x350
[<ffffffffa00ab304>] cfg80211_netdev_notifier_call+0x1a4/0x390 [cfg80211]
[<ffffffff814f3dff>] notifier_call_chain+0x3f/0x80
[<ffffffff81075a91>] raw_notifier_call_chain+0x11/0x20
[<ffffffff813f665a>] dev_open+0x10a/0x120
[<ffffffff813f59bd>] dev_change_flags+0x9d/0x1e0
[<ffffffff8144eb6e>] devinet_ioctl+0x6fe/0x760
[<ffffffff81450204>] inet_ioctl+0x94/0xc0
[<ffffffff813e25fa>] sock_ioctl+0x6a/0x290
[<ffffffff8111e911>] vfs_ioctl+0x31/0xa0
[<ffffffff8111ea9a>] do_vfs_ioctl+0x8a/0x5c0
[<ffffffff8111f069>] sys_ioctl+0x99/0xa0
[<ffffffff81011f82>] system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x1b
[<ffffffffffffffff>] 0xffffffffffffffff
-> #1 (&rdev->mtx){+.+.+.}:
[<ffffffff810857b6>] __lock_acquire+0xd76/0x12b0
[<ffffffff81085dd3>] lock_acquire+0xe3/0x120
[<ffffffff814eeae4>] mutex_lock_nested+0x44/0x350
[<ffffffffa00ac4d0>] cfg80211_get_dev_from_ifindex+0x60/0x90 [cfg80211]
[<ffffffffa00b21ff>] get_rdev_dev_by_info_ifindex+0x6f/0xa0 [cfg80211]
[<ffffffffa00b51eb>] nl80211_set_interface+0x3b/0x260 [cfg80211]
[<ffffffff81416ba6>] genl_rcv_msg+0x1b6/0x1f0
[<ffffffff81415c39>] netlink_rcv_skb+0x89/0xb0
[<ffffffff814169d9>] genl_rcv+0x29/0x40
[<ffffffff8141591d>] netlink_unicast+0x29d/0x2b0
[<ffffffff81416514>] netlink_sendmsg+0x214/0x300
[<ffffffff813e4407>] sock_sendmsg+0x107/0x130
[<ffffffff813e45b9>] sys_sendmsg+0x189/0x320
[<ffffffff81011f82>] system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x1b
[<ffffffffffffffff>] 0xffffffffffffffff
other info that might help us debug this:
3 locks held by phy1/1709:
#0: ((wiphy_name(local->hw.wiphy))){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff8106b45d>] worker_thread+0x19d/0x340
#1: (&ifmgd->work){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff8106b45d>] worker_thread+0x19d/0x340
#2: (&ifmgd->mtx){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffffa0144228>] ieee80211_sta_work+0x108/0x10f0 [mac80211]
Reported-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Simplify the country IE hint code by just bailing out if
a previous country IE has been issued. We currently just trust
the first AP we connect to on any card. The idea was to perform
conflict resolution within this routine but since we can no longer
iterate over the registered device list here we leave conflict
resolution to be dealt with at a later time on the workqueue.
This code has no functional changes other than saving us an
interation over the registered device list when a second card
is connected, or you unplug and connect the same one, and a
country IE is received. This would have been done upon every
beacon received.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This has no functional changes.
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It's possible to get the NETDEV_UNREGISTER callback multiple
times (see net/core/dev.c:netdev_wait_allrefs) and this will
completely mess up our cleanup code. To avoid that, clean up
only when the interface is still on the wiphy interface list
from which it's removed on the first NETDEV_UNREGISTER call.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When a userspace SME is active, we're currently not
keeping track of the BSS properly for reporting the
current link and for internal use. Additionally, it
looks like there is a possible BSS leak in that the
BSS never gets removed from auth_bsses[]. To fix it,
pass the BSS struct to __cfg80211_connect_result in
this case.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
A regression was added through patch a4ed90d6:
"cfg80211: respect API on orig_flags on channel for beacon hint"
We did indeed respect _orig flags but the intention was not clearly
stated in the commit log. This patch fixes firmware issues picked
up by iwlwifi when we lift passive scan of beaconing restrictions
on channels its EEPROM has been configured to always enable.
By doing so though we also disallowed beacon hints on devices
registering their wiphy with custom world regulatory domains
enabled, this happens to be currently ath5k, ath9k and ar9170.
The passive scan and beacon restrictions on those devices would
never be lifted even if we did find a beacon and the hardware did
support such enhancements when world roaming.
Since Johannes indicates iwlwifi firmware cannot be changed to
allow beacon hinting we set up a flag now to specifically allow
drivers to disable beacon hints for devices which cannot use them.
We enable the flag on iwlwifi to disable beacon hints and by default
enable it for all other drivers. It should be noted beacon hints lift
passive scan flags and beacon restrictions when we receive a beacon from
an AP on any 5 GHz non-DFS channels, and channels 12-14 on the 2.4 GHz
band. We don't bother with channels 1-11 as those channels are allowed
world wide.
This should fix world roaming for ath5k, ath9k and ar9170, thereby
improving scan time when we receive the first beacon from any AP,
and also enabling beaconing operation (AP/IBSS/Mesh) on cards which
would otherwise not be allowed to do so. Drivers not using custom
regulatory stuff (wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory()) were not affected
by this as the orig_flags for the channels would have been cleared
upon wiphy registration.
I tested this with a world roaming ath5k card.
Cc: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
These pointers can be NULL, the is_mesh() case isn't
ever hit in the current kernel, but cmp_ies() can be
hit under certain conditions.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: stable@kernel.org [2.6.29, 2.6.30]
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Finally! This is what you've all been waiting for!
This patch makes cfg80211 take care of wext emulation
_completely_ by itself, drivers that don't need things
cfg80211 doesn't do yet don't even need to be aware of
wireless extensions.
This means we can also clean up mac80211's and iwm's
Kconfig and make it possible to build them w/o wext
now!
RIP wext.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since we now have handlers IWESSID for all modes, we can
combine them into one.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since we now have IWAP handlers for all modes, we can
combine them into one.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Until now we implemented iwfreq for managed mode, we
needed to keep the implementations separate, but now
that we have all versions implemented we can combine
them and export just one handler.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When trying to disassociate while not associated,
the kernel would crash rather than refusing the
operation, fix this;
Reported-by: Maxim Levitsky <maximlevitsky@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Jouni and Maxim reported an oops when using wpa_supplicant -Dnl80211,
which seems to be due to random data being contained in the crypto
settings for the assoc() command. This seems to be due to the missing
memset here, so add it -- it's certainly missing but I'm not 100%
certain that it will fix the problem.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Luis reported this lockdep complaint, that he had also
reported earlier but when trying to analyse I had been
locking at the wrong code, and never saw the problem:
(slightly abridged)
=======================================================
[ INFO: possible circular locking dependency detected ]
2.6.31-rc4-wl #6
-------------------------------------------------------
wpa_supplicant/3799 is trying to acquire lock:
(cfg80211_mutex){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffffa009246a>] cfg80211_get_dev_from_ifindex+0x1a/0x90 [cfg80211]
but task is already holding lock:
(rtnl_mutex){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff81400ff2>] rtnl_lock+0x12/0x20
which lock already depends on the new lock.
the existing dependency chain (in reverse order) is:
-> #1 (rtnl_mutex){+.+.+.}:
[<ffffffff810857b6>] __lock_acquire+0xd76/0x12b0
[<ffffffff81085dd3>] lock_acquire+0xe3/0x120
[<ffffffff814ee7a4>] mutex_lock_nested+0x44/0x350
[<ffffffff81400ff2>] rtnl_lock+0x12/0x20
[<ffffffffa009f6a5>] nl80211_send_reg_change_event+0x1f5/0x2a0 [cfg80211]
[<ffffffffa009529e>] set_regdom+0x28e/0x4c0 [cfg80211]
-> #0 (cfg80211_mutex){+.+.+.}:
[<ffffffff8108587b>] __lock_acquire+0xe3b/0x12b0
[<ffffffff81085dd3>] lock_acquire+0xe3/0x120
[<ffffffff814ee7a4>] mutex_lock_nested+0x44/0x350
[<ffffffffa009246a>] cfg80211_get_dev_from_ifindex+0x1a/0x90 [cfg80211]
[<ffffffffa009813f>] get_rdev_dev_by_info_ifindex+0x6f/0xa0 [cfg80211]
[<ffffffffa009b12b>] nl80211_set_interface+0x3b/0x260 [cfg80211]
When looking at the correct code, the problem is quite
obvious. I'm not entirely sure which code paths lead
here, so until I can analyse it better let's just use
RCU to avoid the problem.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Using background scanning in mac80211 the time a scan needs to
finish can exceed 10 seconds. Hence, increase the scan results
expire time to 15 seconds which should be sufficient.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In order to make cfg80211/nl80211 aware of network namespaces,
we have to do the following things:
* del_virtual_intf method takes an interface index rather
than a netdev pointer - simply change this
* nl80211 uses init_net a lot, it changes to use the sender's
network namespace
* scan requests use the interface index, hold a netdev pointer
and reference instead
* we want a wiphy and its associated virtual interfaces to be
in one netns together, so
- we need to be able to change ns for a given interface, so
export dev_change_net_namespace()
- for each virtual interface set the NETIF_F_NETNS_LOCAL
flag, and clear that flag only when the wiphy changes ns,
to disallow breaking this invariant
* when a network namespace goes away, we need to reparent the
wiphy to init_net
* cfg80211 users that support creating virtual interfaces must
create them in the wiphy's namespace, currently this affects
only mac80211
The end result is that you can now switch an entire wiphy into
a different network namespace with the new command
iw phy#<idx> set netns <pid>
and all virtual interfaces will follow (or the operation fails).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In cfg80211_upload_connect_keys(), we call add_key, set_default_key
and set_default_mgmt_key (if applicable) one by one. If one of these
operations fails, we should stop calling the following functions.
Because if the key is not added successfully, we should not set it as
default key anyway.
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We invoke the cfg80211 set_default_key callback only for WEP key
configuring.
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In the wext code I tried to not reconnect all the time
when the user wasn't really sure what they were doing,
like setting the BSSID back to the same value it was.
However, this optimisation should only be done while
associated so that setting the BSSID back to the same
value that it was actually triggers a new association
if not currently associated. To achieve, that, put the
relevant code into the !IDLE case instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Tested-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Tested-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
cfg80211_sme_scan_done() can be called (by fullmac cards) with
wdev->conn == NULL when CFG80211_SME_CONNECTING. We quit silently
instead of WARN_ON in this case.
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We were treating ieee80211_regdom module parameter hints
as core hints, this means we were not letting the user help
compliance further when using the module parameter. It also
meant that users with a device with a custom regulatory
domain set (wiphy->custom_regulatory) using this module
parameter were being stuck to the original default core
static regualtory domain. We fix this by using the static
cfg80211_regdomain alpha2 as the core hint and treating the
module parameter separately.
All iwlwifi and ath5k/ath9k/ar9170 devices which world roam
set the wiphy->custom_regulatory. This change allows users
using this module parameter to have it trated as a a proper
user hint and not have it ignored.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The work that we cancel there requires the cfg80211_mutex,
so we can't cancel it under the mutex, which is fine, we
can just move it to after the locked section.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
cfg80211_set_wpa_version completely missed the use case when disabling
WPA, considering IW_AUTH_WPA_VERSION_DISABLED an invalid argument. This
caused weird error messages in wpa_supplicant.
Signed-off-by: Gábor Stefanik <netrolller.3d@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The "what-was-I-thinking-if-anything" patch. Clearly,
if cfg80211_send_disassoc() does wdev_lock() and then
calls __cfg80211_send_disassoc(), the latter shouldn't
lock again. And the sme_state test is ... no further
comments.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When connected to a BSS, or joined to an IBSS, we'll want
to know in userspace without using wireless extensions, so
report the BSS status in the BSS list. Userspace can query
the BSS list, display all the information and retrieve the
station information as well.
For example (from hwsim):
$ iw dev wlan1 scan dump
BSS 02:00:00:00:00:00 (on wlan1) -- associated
freq: 2462
beacon interval: 100
capability: ESS ShortSlotTime (0x0401)
signal: -50.00 dBm
SSID: j
Supported rates: 1.0* 2.0* 5.5* 11.0* 6.0 9.0 12.0 18.0
DS Paramater set: channel 11
ERP: <no flags>
Extended supported rates: 24.0 36.0 48.0 54.0
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Pavel reported that you can't set the SSID from "foo" to
"bar". I tried reproducing, but used different values,
with different lengths, and thus never saw the obvious
problem.
Reported-by: Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This variable is only used internally, _while_ connected.
If we use it, the sequence
# iwconfig wlan1 essid foo
<connects>
# iwconfig wlan1 essid ""
<disconnects>
# iwconfig
will still display "foo" as the SSID afterwards, which
is obviously quite bogus. Fix this by only displaying
the wext SSID, if present.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of using the wext BSSID which may be NULL if
you haven't explicitly set one, we should instead use
the current_bss pointer -- if that's NULL we aren't
connected anyway. Fixes missing signal quality output
reported to me internally at Intel.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The cfg80211_sme_disassoc() function is already holding
a lock here that cfg80211_mlme_deauth() would take, so
it needs to use __cfg80211_mlme_deauth() instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch avoids memcpy from wdev->wext.ibss.bssid if it is NULL.
This could happen if we SIOCGIWAP before SIOCSIWAP.
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This reworks the key operation in cfg80211, and now only
allows, from userspace, configuring keys (via nl80211)
after the connection has been established (in managed
mode), the IBSS been joined (in IBSS mode), at any time
(in AP[_VLAN] modes) or never for all the other modes.
In order to do shared key authentication correctly, it
is now possible to give a WEP key to the AUTH command.
To configure static WEP keys, these are given to the
CONNECT or IBSS_JOIN command directly, for a userspace
SME it is assumed it will configure it properly after
the connection has been established.
Since mac80211 used to check the default key in IBSS
mode to see whether or not the network is protected,
it needs an update in that area, as well as an update
to make use of the WEP key passed to auth() for shared
key authentication.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We will soon want to nest key attributes into
some new attribute for configuring static WEP
keys at connect() and ibss_join() time, so we
need nested attributes for that. However, key
attributes right now are 'global'. This patch
thus introduces new nested attributes for the
key settings and functions for parsing them.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This fixes two small bugs:
1) the connect variable is already initialised, and the
assignment to auth_type overwrites the previous setting
with a wrong value
2) when all authentication attempts fail, we need to report
that we couldn't connect
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
cfg80211_wext_giwrate doesn't lock the wdev, so it
cannot access current_bss race-free. Also, there's
little point in trying to ask the driver for an AP
that it never told us about, so avoid that case.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Potential memory leak via msg pointer in nl80211_get_key() function.
Signed-off-by: Niko Jokinen <ext-niko.k.jokinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Wireless extensions have the unfortunate problem that events
are multicast netlink messages, and are not independent of
pointer size. Thus, currently 32-bit tasks on 64-bit platforms
cannot properly receive events and fail with all kinds of
strange problems, for instance wpa_supplicant never notices
disassociations, due to the way the 64-bit event looks (to a
32-bit process), the fact that the address is all zeroes is
lost, it thinks instead it is 00:00:00:00:01:00.
The same problem existed with the ioctls, until David Miller
fixed those some time ago in an heroic effort.
A different problem caused by this is that we cannot send the
ASSOCREQIE/ASSOCRESPIE events because sending them causes a
32-bit wpa_supplicant on a 64-bit system to overwrite its
internal information, which is worse than it not getting the
information at all -- so we currently resort to sending a
custom string event that it then parses. This, however, has a
severe size limitation we are frequently hitting with modern
access points; this limitation would can be lifted after this
patch by sending the correct binary, not custom, event.
A similar problem apparently happens for some other netlink
users on x86_64 with 32-bit tasks due to the alignment for
64-bit quantities.
In order to fix these problems, I have implemented a way to
send compat messages to tasks. When sending an event, we send
the non-compat event data together with a compat event data in
skb_shinfo(main_skb)->frag_list. Then, when the event is read
from the socket, the netlink code makes sure to pass out only
the skb that is compatible with the task. This approach was
suggested by David Miller, my original approach required
always sending two skbs but that had various small problems.
To determine whether compat is needed or not, I have used the
MSG_CMSG_COMPAT flag, and adjusted the call path for recv and
recvfrom to include it, even if those calls do not have a cmsg
parameter.
I have not solved one small part of the problem, and I don't
think it is necessary to: if a 32-bit application uses read()
rather than any form of recvmsg() it will still get the wrong
(64-bit) event. However, neither do applications actually do
this, nor would it be a regression.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current function for sending events first allocates the
event stream buffer, and then an skb to copy the event stream
into. This can be done in one go. Also, the current function
leaks kernel data to userspace in a 4 uninitialised bytes,
initialise those explicitly. Finally also add a few useful
comments, as opposed to the current comments.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This makes wireless extensions netns aware. The
tasklet sending the events is converted to a work
struct so that we can rtnl_lock() in it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This makes generic netlink network namespace aware. No
generic netlink families except for the controller family
are made namespace aware, they need to be checked one by
one and then set the family->netnsok member to true.
A new function genlmsg_multicast_netns() is introduced to
allow sending a multicast message in a given namespace,
for example when it applies to an object that lives in
that namespace, a new function genlmsg_multicast_allns()
to send a message to all network namespaces (for objects
that do not have an associated netns).
The function genlmsg_multicast() is changed to multicast
the message in just init_net, which is currently correct
for all generic netlink families since they only work in
init_net right now. Some will later want to work in all
net namespaces because they do not care about the netns
at all -- those will have to be converted to use one of
the new functions genlmsg_multicast_allns() or
genlmsg_multicast_netns() whenever they are made netns
aware in some way.
After this patch families can easily decide whether or
not they should be available in all net namespaces. Many
genl families us it for objects not related to networking
and should therefore be available in all namespaces, but
that will have to be done on a per family basis.
Note that this doesn't touch on the checkpoint/restart
problem where network namespaces could be used, genl
families and multicast groups are numbered globally and
I see no easy way of changing that, especially since it
must be possible to multicast to all network namespaces
for those families that do not care about netns.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to force drivers to advertise their interface
types, don't just disallow creating new interfaces with
unadvertised types but also disallow setting them UP.
Additionally, add some validation on the operations the
drivers support.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We've named the registered devices 'drv' sometimes,
thinking of "driver", which is not what it is, it's
the internal representation of a wiphy, i.e. a
device. Let's clean up the naming once and and use
'rdev' aka 'registered device' everywhere.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Over time, a lot of locking issues have crept into
the smarts of cfg80211, so e.g. scan completion can
race against a new scan, IBSS join can race against
leaving an IBSS, etc.
Introduce a new per-interface lock that protects
most of the per-interface data that we need to keep
track of, and sprinkle assertions about that lock
everywhere. Some things now need to be offloaded to
work structs so that we don't require being able to
sleep in functions the drivers call. The exception
to that are the MLME callbacks (rx_auth etc.) that
currently only mac80211 calls because it was easier
to do that there instead of in cfg80211, and future
drivers implementing those calls will, if they ever
exist, probably need to use a similar scheme like
mac80211 anyway...
In order to be able to handle _deauth and _disassoc
properly, introduce a cookie passed to it that will
determine locking requirements.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
sparse warns about a number of things, and one of them
(use_mfp shadowed variable) actually is a bug, fix all
of them.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently we call that cfg80211_put_dev(), but that is
misleading. With the new convention of using 'rdev' for
registered_device variables, also call that function
cfg80211_unlock_rdev().
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The original code in mac80211 could send a deauth
frame under certain circumstances even if nothing
had ever requested an authentication. This has been
fixed with the rework there, so cfg80211 can now
warn again about spurious events to catch possible
future drivers or mac80211 regressions.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
After the mac80211 mlme cleanup, we can require that
the MLME functions in cfg80211 can sleep. This will
simplify future work in cfg80211 a lot.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We shouldn't be looking at the ssid_len for non-IBSS,
and for IBSS we should also return an error on trying
to leave an IBSS while not in or joining an IBSS.
This fixes an issue where we wouldn't disconnect() on
an interface being taken down since there's no SSID
configured this way.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since we don't really know that well in the kernel,
let's let the SME control whether it wants to use
reassociation or not, by allowing it to give the
previous BSSID in the associate() parameters.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When connecting to an ESSID manually, we may not set the BSSID, and thus
wdev->wext.connect.bssid will be NULL.
wdev->current_bss is always updated when a connection is established so we
should check it first.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel.ortiz@intel.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
"cfg80211: Advertise ciphers via WE according to driver capability"
unfortunately broke iwrange -- it used the variable c
that needs to be 0 for the channel list.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In this case, only one cipher makes sense, unlike for
connect() where it may be possible to have the card or
driver select.
No changes to mac80211 due to the way the structs are
laid out -- but the loop in net/mac80211/cfg.c will
degrade to just zero or one passes.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It is possible that there are different BSS structs with
the same BSSID, but we cannot authenticate with multiple
of them them because we need the BSSID to be unique for
deauthenticating/disassociating.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In order to avoid problems with BSS structs going away
while they're in use, I've long wanted to make cfg80211
keep track of them. Without the SME, that wasn't doable
but now that we have the SME we can do this too. It can
keep track of up to four separate authentications and
one association, regardless of whether it's controlled
by the cfg80211 SME or the userspace SME.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This function from mac80211 seems generally useful, and
I will need it in cfg80211 soon.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the interface is brought down, we need to
reset the auth algorithm because wpa_supplicant
doesn't reset it, and then we fail to use shared
key auth when required later.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
